Skip site
navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)
FreeBSD Manual Pages
- BUS_ADD_CHILD(9)
- add a device node to the tree with a given priority
- BUS_DESCRIBE_INTR(9), bus_describe_intr(9)
- associate a description with an active interrupt handler
- COLOR_PAIR(3), %start_color(3), %has_colors(3), %can_change_color(3), %init_pair(3), %init_color(3), %init_extended_pair(3), %init_extended_color(3), %color_content(3), %pair_content(3), %extended_color_content(3), %extended_pair_content(3), %reset_color_pairs(3), %COLOR_PAIR(3), %PAIR_NUMBER(3), %COLORS(3), %COLOR_PAIRS(3), %COLOR_BLACK(3), %COLOR_RED(3), %COLOR_GREEN(3), %COLOR_YELLOW(3), %COLOR_BLUE(3), %COLOR_MAGENTA(3), %COLOR_CYAN(3), %COLOR_WHITE(3)
- manipulate terminal colors with curses
- DEFINE_IFUNC(9)
- define a kernel function with an implementation selected at run-time
- INSERT_OBJECT_OID_LINK_INDEX(3), INSERT_OBJECT_INT_LINK_INDEX(3), FIND_OBJECT_OID_LINK_INDEX(3), NEXT_OBJECT_OID_LINK_INDEX(3), FIND_OBJECT_INT_LINK_INDEX(3), NEXT_OBJECT_INT_LINK_INDEX(3), INSERT_OBJECT_OID_LINK(3), INSERT_OBJECT_INT_LINK(3), FIND_OBJECT_OID_LINK(3), NEXT_OBJECT_OID_LINK(3), FIND_OBJECT_INT_LINK(3), NEXT_OBJECT_INT_LINK(3), INSERT_OBJECT_OID(3), INSERT_OBJECT_INT(3), FIND_OBJECT_OID(3), FIND_OBJECT_INT(3), NEXT_OBJECT_OID(3), NEXT_OBJECT_INT(3), this_tick(3), start_tick(3), get_ticks(3), systemg(3), comm_define(3), community(3), oid_zeroDotZero(3), oid_usmUnknownEngineIDs(3), oid_usmNotInTimeWindows(3), reqid_allocate(3), reqid_next(3), reqid_base(3), reqid_istype(3), reqid_type(3), timer_start(3), timer_start_repeat(3), timer_stop(3), fd_select(3), fd_deselect(3), fd_suspend(3), fd_resume(3), or_register(3), or_unregister(3), buf_alloc(3), buf_size(3), snmp_input_start(3), snmp_input_finish(3), snmp_output(3), snmp_send_port(3), snmp_send_trap(3), snmp_pdu_auth_access string_save(3), string_commit(3), string_rollback(3), string_get(3), string_get_max(3), string_free(3), ip_save(3), ip_rollback(3), ip_commit(3), ip_get(3), oid_save(3), oid_rollback(3), oid_commit(3), oid_get(3), index_decode(3), index_compare(3), index_compare_off(3), index_append(3), index_append_off(3), snmpd_usmstats(3), bsnmpd_get_usm_stats(3), bsnmpd_reset_usm_stats(3), usm_first_user(3), usm_next_user(3), usm_find_user(3), usm_new_user(3), usm_delete_user(3), usm_flush_users(3), usm_user(3), snmpd_target_stat(3), bsnmpd_get_target_stats(3), target_first_address(3), target_next_address(3), target_new_address(3), target_activate_address(3), target_delete_address(3), target_first_param(3), target_next_param(3), target_new_param(3), target_delete_param(3), target_first_notify(3), target_next_notify(3), target_new_notify(3), target_delete_notify(3), target_flush_all(3), target_address(3), target_param(3), target_notify(3)
- SNMP daemon loadable module interface
- PAIR_NUMBER(3), %attr_get(3), %wattr_get(3), %attr_set(3), %wattr_set(3), %attr_off(3), %wattr_off(3), %attr_on(3), %wattr_on(3), %attroff(3), %wattroff(3), %attron(3), %wattron(3), %attrset(3), %wattrset(3), %chgat(3), %wchgat(3), %mvchgat(3), %mvwchgat(3), %color_set(3), %wcolor_set(3), %standend(3), %wstandend(3), %standout(3), %wstandout(3)
- manipulate attributes of character cells in curses windows
- SYSCTL_DECL(9), SYSCTL_ADD_BOOL(9), SYSCTL_ADD_COUNTER_U64(9), SYSCTL_ADD_COUNTER_U64_ARRAY(9), SYSCTL_ADD_INT(9), SYSCTL_ADD_LONG(9), SYSCTL_ADD_NODE(9), SYSCTL_ADD_NODE_WITH_LABEL(9), SYSCTL_ADD_OPAQUE(9), SYSCTL_ADD_PROC(9), SYSCTL_ADD_QUAD(9), SYSCTL_ADD_ROOT_NODE(9), SYSCTL_ADD_S8(9), SYSCTL_ADD_S16(9), SYSCTL_ADD_S32(9), SYSCTL_ADD_S64(9), SYSCTL_ADD_SBINTIME_MSEC(9), SYSCTL_ADD_SBINTIME_USEC(9), SYSCTL_ADD_STRING(9), SYSCTL_ADD_CONST_STRING(9), SYSCTL_ADD_STRUCT(9), SYSCTL_ADD_TIMEVAL_SEC(9), SYSCTL_ADD_U8(9), SYSCTL_ADD_U16(9), SYSCTL_ADD_U32(9), SYSCTL_ADD_U64(9), SYSCTL_ADD_UAUTO(9), SYSCTL_ADD_UINT(9), SYSCTL_ADD_ULONG(9), SYSCTL_ADD_UMA_CUR(9), SYSCTL_ADD_UMA_MAX(9), SYSCTL_ADD_UQUAD(9), SYSCTL_CHILDREN(9), SYSCTL_STATIC_CHILDREN(9), SYSCTL_NODE_CHILDREN(9), SYSCTL_PARENT(9), SYSCTL_BOOL(9), SYSCTL_COUNTER_U64(9), SYSCTL_COUNTER_U64_ARRAY(9), SYSCTL_INT(9), SYSCTL_INT_WITH_LABEL(9), SYSCTL_LONG(9), sysctl_msec_to_ticks(9), SYSCTL_NODE(9), SYSCTL_NODE_WITH_LABEL(9), SYSCTL_OPAQUE(9), SYSCTL_PROC(9), SYSCTL_QUAD(9), SYSCTL_ROOT_NODE(9), SYSCTL_S8(9), SYSCTL_S16(9), SYSCTL_S32(9), SYSCTL_S64(9), SYSCTL_SBINTIME_MSEC(9), SYSCTL_SBINTIME_USEC(9), SYSCTL_STRING(9), SYSCTL_CONST_STRING(9), SYSCTL_STRUCT(9), SYSCTL_TIMEVAL_SEC(9), SYSCTL_U8(9), SYSCTL_U16(9), SYSCTL_U32(9), SYSCTL_U64(9), SYSCTL_UINT(9), SYSCTL_ULONG(9), SYSCTL_UMA_CUR(9), SYSCTL_UMA_MAX(9), SYSCTL_UQUAD(9)
- Dynamic and static sysctl MIB creation functions
- VGLBitmapAllocateBits(3), VGLBitmapCopy(3), VGLBitmapCreate(3), VGLBitmapDestroy(3), VGLBitmapPutChar(3), VGLBitmapString(3), VGLBlankDisplay(3), VGLBox(3), VGLCheckSwitch(3), VGLClear(3), VGLEllipse(3), VGLEnd(3), VGLFilledBox(3), VGLFilledEllipse(3), VGLGetXY(3), VGLInit(3), VGLLine(3), VGLKeyboardInit(3), VGLKeyboardEnd(3), VGLKeyboardGetCh(3), VGLMouseInit(3), VGLMouseMode(3), VGLMouseSetImage(3), VGLMouseSetStdImage(3), VGLMouseStatus(3), VGLPanScreen(3), VGLSetBorder(3), VGLSetPalette(3), VGLSetPaletteIndex(3), VGLSetVScreenSize(3), VGLSetXY(3), VGLTextSetFontFile(3)
- Video Graphics Library functions
- VOP_COPY_FILE_RANGE(9)
- copy a byte range within a file or from one file to another in a single file system or between multiple file systems
- abort2(2)
- abort process with diagnostics
- add_wch(3), %add_wch(3), %wadd_wch(3), %mvadd_wch(3), %mvwadd_wch(3), %echo_wchar(3), %wecho_wchar(3)
- add a curses complex character to a window and advance the cursor
- add_wchnstr(3), %add_wchstr(3), %add_wchnstr(3), %wadd_wchstr(3), %wadd_wchnstr(3), %mvadd_wchstr(3), %mvadd_wchnstr(3), %mvwadd_wchstr(3), %mvwadd_wchnstr(3)
- add a curses complex character string to a window
- addch(3), %addch(3), %waddch(3), %mvaddch(3), %mvwaddch(3), %echochar(3), %wechochar(3)
- add a curses character to a window and advance the cursor
- addchnstr(3), %addchstr(3), %addchnstr(3), %waddchstr(3), %waddchnstr(3), %mvaddchstr(3), %mvaddchnstr(3), %mvwaddchstr(3), %mvwaddchnstr(3)
- add a curses character string to a window
- addnstr(3), %addstr(3), %addnstr(3), %waddstr(3), %waddnstr(3), %mvaddstr(3), %mvaddnstr(3), %mvwaddstr(3), %mvwaddnstr(3)
- add a string to a curses window and advance the cursor
- addnwstr(3), %addwstr(3), %addnwstr(3), %waddwstr(3), %waddnwstr(3), %mvaddwstr(3), %mvaddnwstr(3), %mvwaddwstr(3), %mvwaddnwstr(3)
- add a wide-character string to a curses window and advance the cursor
- adm6996fc(4)
- driver for Infineon ADM6996FC fast ethernet switch chip
- ar40xx(4), ar40xx_switch(4)
- Qualcomm IPQ4018/IPQ4019 Gigabit Ethernet switch driver
- arswitch(4)
- Atheros AR8000 series Ethernet switch driver
- atf-c(3), ATF_CHECK(3), ATF_CHECK_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_EQ(3), ATF_CHECK_EQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_MATCH(3), ATF_CHECK_MATCH_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_STREQ(3), ATF_CHECK_STREQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_INTEQ(3), ATF_CHECK_INTEQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_ERRNO(3), ATF_REQUIRE(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_STREQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_STREQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_INTEQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_INTEQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_ERRNO(3), ATF_TC(3), ATF_TC_BODY(3), ATF_TC_BODY_NAME(3), ATF_TC_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TC_CLEANUP_NAME(3), ATF_TC_HEAD(3), ATF_TC_HEAD_NAME(3), ATF_TC_NAME(3), ATF_TC_WITH_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TC_WITHOUT_HEAD(3), ATF_TP_ADD_TC(3), ATF_TP_ADD_TCS(3), atf_tc_get_config_var(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_wd(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_bool(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_bool_wd(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_long(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_long_wd(3), atf_no_error(3), atf_tc_expect_death(3), atf_tc_expect_exit(3), atf_tc_expect_fail(3), atf_tc_expect_pass(3), atf_tc_expect_signal(3), atf_tc_expect_timeout(3), atf_tc_fail(3), atf_tc_fail_nonfatal(3), atf_tc_pass(3), atf_tc_skip(3), atf_utils_cat_file(3), atf_utils_compare_file(3), atf_utils_copy_file(3), atf_utils_create_file(3), atf_utils_file_exists(3), atf_utils_fork(3), atf_utils_free_charpp(3), atf_utils_grep_file(3), atf_utils_grep_string(3), atf_utils_readline(3), atf_utils_redirect(3), atf_utils_wait(3)
- C API to write ATF-based test programs
- atf-c++(3), ATF_ADD_TEST_CASE(3), ATF_CHECK_ERRNO(3), ATF_FAIL(3), ATF_INIT_TEST_CASES(3), ATF_PASS(3), ATF_REQUIRE(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_ERRNO(3), ATF_REQUIRE_IN(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH(3), ATF_REQUIRE_NOT_IN(3), ATF_REQUIRE_THROW(3), ATF_REQUIRE_THROW_RE(3), ATF_SKIP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_BODY(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_HEAD(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_NAME(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_USE(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_WITH_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_WITHOUT_HEAD(3), atf::utils::cat_file(3), atf::utils::compare_file(3), atf::utils::copy_file(3), atf::utils::create_file(3), atf::utils::file_exists(3), atf::utils::fork(3), atf::utils::grep_collection(3), atf::utils::grep_file(3), atf::utils::grep_string(3), atf::utils::redirect(3), atf::utils::wait(3)
- C++ API to write ATF-based test programs
- ath(4)
- Atheros IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver
- aw_gpio(4)
- driver for the GPIO and pin muxing functionalities on Allwinner SoC
- aw_mmc(4)
- driver for the SD/MMC controller in Allwinner SoC
- aw_rtc(4)
- driver for the RTC controller in Allwinner SoC
- aw_sid(4)
- driver for the SID controller in Allwinner SoC
- aw_spi(4)
- driver for the SPI controller in Allwinner SoC
- aw_syscon(4)
- driver for the system controller in Allwinner SoC
- beep(3), %beep(3), %flash(3)
- ring the (visual) bell of the terminal with curses
- bios(9), bios_sigsearch(9), bios32_SDlookup(9), bios32(9), bios_oem_strings(9)
- interact with PC BIOS
- bkgd(3), %bkgdset(3), %wbkgdset(3), %bkgd(3), %wbkgd(3), %getbkgd(3)
- manipulate background of a curses window of characters
- bkgrnd(3), %bkgrnd(3), %wbkgrnd(3), %bkgrndset(3), %wbkgrndset(3), %getbkgrnd(3), %wgetbkgrnd(3)
- manipulate background of a curses window of wide characters
- boottrace(8)
- trace command execution with boottrace(4)
- border(3), %border(3), %wborder(3), %box(3), %hline(3), %whline(3), %vline(3), %wvline(3), %mvhline(3), %mvwhline(3), %mvvline(3), %mvwvline(3)
- draw borders and lines in a curses window of characters
- border_set(3), %border_set(3), %wborder_set(3), %box_set(3), %hline_set(3), %whline_set(3), %mvhline_set(3), %mvwhline_set(3), %vline_set(3), %wvline_set(3), %mvvline_set(3), %mvwvline_set(3)
- draw borders and lines in a curses window of wide characters
- bspatch(1)
- apply a patch built with bsdiff(1)
- btowc(3), wctob(3)
- convert between wide and single-byte characters
- builtin(1), !(1), %(1), .(1), :(1), @(1), [(1), {(1), }(1), alias(1), alloc(1), bg(1), bind(1), bindkey(1), break(1), breaksw(1), builtins(1), case(1), cd(1), chdir(1), command(1), complete(1), continue(1), default(1), dirs(1), do(1), done(1), echo(1), echotc(1), elif(1), else(1), end(1), endif(1), endsw(1), esac(1), eval(1), exec(1), exit(1), export(1), false(1), fc(1), fg(1), filetest(1), fi(1), for(1), foreach(1), getopts(1), glob(1), goto(1), hash(1), hashstat(1), history(1), hup(1), if(1), jobid(1), jobs(1), kill(1), limit(1), local(1), log(1), login(1), logout(1), ls-F(1), nice(1), nohup(1), notify(1), onintr(1), popd(1), printenv(1), printf(1), pushd(1), pwd(1), read(1), readonly(1), rehash(1), repeat(1), return(1), sched(1), set(1), setenv(1), settc(1), setty(1), setvar(1), shift(1), source(1), stop(1), suspend(1), switch(1), telltc(1), test(1), then(1), time(1), times(1), trap(1), true(1), type(1), ulimit(1), umask(1), unalias(1), uncomplete(1), unhash(1), unlimit(1), unset(1), unsetenv(1), until(1), wait(1), where(1), which(1), while(1)
- shell built-in commands
- bus_get_resource(9)
- read a resource range/value with a given resource ID
- bus_set_resource(9)
- associate a definite resource with a given resource ID
- bwi(4)
- Broadcom BCM43xx IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network driver
- bwn(4)
- Broadcom BCM43xx SoftMAC IEEE 802.11 wireless network driver
- chat(8)
- Automated conversational script with a modem
- clear(3), %erase(3), %werase(3), %clear(3), %wclear(3), %clrtobot(3), %wclrtobot(3), %clrtoeol(3), %wclrtoeol(3)
- clear all or part of a curses window
- copy_file_range(2)
- kernel copy of a byte range from one regular file to another or within one regular file
- copywin(3), %overlay(3), %overwrite(3), %copywin(3)
- overlay curses windows and manipulate them
- cpu_machdep(9), cpu_copy_thread(9), cpu_exec_vmspace_reuse(9), cpu_exit(9), cpu_fetch_syscall_args(9), cpu_fork(9), cpu_fork_kthread_handler(9), cpu_idle(9), cpu_idle_wakeup(9), cpu_procctl(9), cpu_set_syscall_retval(9), cpu_set_upcall(9), cpu_set_user_tls(9), cpu_switch(9), cpu_sync_core(9), cpu_thread_alloc(9), cpu_thread_clean(9), cpu_thread_exit(9), cpu_thread_free(9), cpu_throw(9)
- machine-dependent interfaces to handle CPU and thread state
- cr_canseeotheruids(9)
- determine if subjects may see entities with differing user ID
- curs_delch(3), %delch(3), %wdelch(3), %mvdelch(3), %mvwdelch(3)
- delete a character from a curses window
- curs_deleteln(3), %deleteln(3), %wdeleteln(3), %insdelln(3), %winsdelln(3), %insertln(3), %winsertln(3)
- delete or insert lines in a curses window
- curs_get_wch(3), %get_wch(3), %wget_wch(3), %mvget_wch(3), %mvwget_wch(3), %unget_wch(3)
- get (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal keyboard
- curs_get_wstr(3), %get_wstr(3), %getn_wstr(3), %wget_wstr(3), %wgetn_wstr(3), %mvget_wstr(3), %mvgetn_wstr(3), %mvwget_wstr(3), %mvwgetn_wstr(3)
- get a wide-character string from a curses terminal keyboard
- curs_getcchar(3), %getcchar(3), %setcchar(3)
- convert between a wide-character string and a curses complex character
- curs_getyx(3), %getyx(3), %getparyx(3), %getbegyx(3), %getmaxyx(3)
- get curses cursor and window coordinates
- curs_in_wch(3), %in_wch(3), %mvin_wch(3), %mvwin_wch(3), %win_wch(3)
- get a curses complex character from a window
- curs_in_wchstr(3), %in_wchstr(3), %in_wchnstr(3), %win_wchstr(3), %win_wchnstr(3), %mvin_wchstr(3), %mvin_wchnstr(3), %mvwin_wchstr(3), %mvwin_wchnstr(3)
- get a curses complex character string from a window
- curs_inch(3), %inch(3), %winch(3), %mvinch(3), %mvwinch(3)
- get a curses character from a window
- curs_inchstr(3), %inchstr(3), %inchnstr(3), %winchstr(3), %winchnstr(3), %mvinchstr(3), %mvinchnstr(3), %mvwinchstr(3), %mvwinchnstr(3)
- get a curses character string from a window
- curs_initscr(3), %initscr(3), %newterm(3), %endwin(3), %isendwin(3), %set_term(3), %delscreen(3)
- initialize, manipulate, or tear down curses terminal interface
- curs_ins_wch(3), %ins_wch(3), %mvins_wch(3), %mvwins_wch(3), %wins_wch(3)
- insert a curses complex character in a window
- curs_ins_wstr(3), %ins_wstr(3), %ins_nwstr(3), %wins_wstr(3), %wins_nwstr(3), %mvins_wstr(3), %mvins_nwstr(3), %mvwins_wstr(3), %mvwins_nwstr(3)
- insert a wide-character string in a curses window
- curs_insch(3), %insch(3), %winsch(3), %mvinsch(3), %mvwinsch(3)
- insert a curses character in a window
- curs_insstr(3), %insstr(3), %insnstr(3), %winsstr(3), %winsnstr(3), %mvinsstr(3), %mvinsnstr(3), %mvwinsstr(3), %mvwinsnstr(3)
- insert a string in a curses window
- curs_instr(3), %instr(3), %innstr(3), %winstr(3), %winnstr(3), %mvinstr(3), %mvinnstr(3), %mvwinstr(3), %mvwinnstr(3)
- get a string from a curses window
- curs_inwstr(3), %inwstr(3), %innwstr(3), %winwstr(3), %winnwstr(3), %mvinwstr(3), %mvinnwstr(3), %mvwinwstr(3), %mvwinnwstr(3)
- get a wide-character string from a curses window
- curs_legacy(3), %getattrs(3), %getbegx(3), %getbegy(3), %getcurx(3), %getcury(3), %getmaxx(3), %getmaxy(3), %getparx(3), %getpary(3)
- get curses cursor and window coordinates or attributes (legacy)
- curs_move(3), %move(3), %wmove(3)
- move cursor in a curses window
- curs_opaque(3), %is_cleared(3), %is_idlok(3), %is_idcok(3), %is_immedok(3), %is_keypad(3), %is_leaveok(3), %is_nodelay(3), %is_notimeout(3), %is_pad(3), %is_scrollok(3), %is_subwin(3), %is_syncok(3), %wgetdelay(3), %wgetparent(3), %wgetscrreg(3)
- obtain curses window properties
- curs_printw(3), %printw(3), %wprintw(3), %mvprintw(3), %mvwprintw(3), %vwprintw(3), %vw_printw(3)
- write formatted output to a curses window
- curs_refresh(3), %doupdate(3), %redrawwin(3), %refresh(3), %wnoutrefresh(3), %wredrawln(3), %wrefresh(3)
- refresh curses windows or lines thereupon
- curs_scanw(3), %scanw(3), %wscanw(3), %mvscanw(3), %mvwscanw(3), %vwscanw(3), %vw_scanw(3)
- read formatted input from a curses window
- curs_scroll(3), %scroll(3), %scrl(3), %wscrl(3)
- scroll a curses window
- curs_threads(3), %NCURSES_WINDOW_CB(3), %NCURSES_SCREEN_CB(3), %get_escdelay(3), %set_escdelay(3), %set_tabsize(3), %use_screen(3), %use_window(3)
- curses support for multi-threaded applications
- curs_touch(3), %touchwin(3), %touchline(3), %untouchwin(3), %wtouchln(3), %is_linetouched(3), %is_wintouched(3)
- control terminal output refresh in a curses window
- curs_util(3), %delay_output(3), %filter(3), %flushinp(3), %getwin(3), %key_name(3), %keyname(3), %nofilter(3), %putwin(3), %unctrl(3), %use_env(3), %use_tioctl(3), %wunctrl(3)
- miscellaneous curses utility routines
- curs_variables(3), %bool(3), %chtype(3), %cchar_t(3), %attr_t(3), %SCREEN(3), %WINDOW(3), %TRUE(3), %FALSE(3), %ERR(3), %OK(3), %curscr(3), %newscr(3), %stdscr(3), %COLORS(3), %COLOR_PAIRS(3), %COLS(3), %LINES(3), %ESCDELAY(3), %TABSIZE(3)
- curses data types, constants, and global variables
- curs_window(3), %newwin(3), %delwin(3), %mvwin(3), %subwin(3), %derwin(3), %mvderwin(3), %dupwin(3), %wsyncup(3), %syncok(3), %wcursyncup(3), %wsyncdown(3)
- create and manipulate curses windows
- curses(3), %ncurses(3)
- character-cell terminal interface with optimized output
- cuserid(3)
- get user name associated with effective UID
- cyapa(4)
- Cypress APA trackpad with I2C interface driver
- device_set_driver(9)
- associate a specific driver with a device node in the tree
- dialog(3)
- widgets and utilities for the program
- diskless(8)
- booting a system over the network with PXE
- dllockinit(3)
- register thread locking methods with the dynamic linker
- dnv(9), dnvlist_get(9), dnvlist_take(9)
- API for getting name/value pairs with a default value
- dpv(1)
- stream data from stdin or multiple paths with dialog progress view
- dummynet(4)
- traffic shaper, bandwidth manager and delay emulator
- dwarf_attr(3)
- retrieve an attribute descriptor associated with a DWARF debugging information entry
- dwarf_attrval_flag(3), dwarf_attrval_signed(3), dwarf_attrval_string(3), dwarf_attrval_unsigned(3)
- retrieve the value of an attribute within a DWARF debugging information entry
- dwarf_diename(3)
- retrieve the name associated with a debugging information entry
- dwarf_finish(3), dwarf_object_finish(3)
- free resources associated with a debug descriptor
- dwarf_get_cie_info(3)
- retrieve information associated with a CIE descriptor
- dwarf_get_elf(3)
- retrieve the Elf descriptor associated with a Dwarf_Debug instance
- dwarf_lineaddr(3), dwarf_linebeginstatement(3), dwarf_lineblock(3), dwarf_lineendsequence(3), dwarf_lineno(3), dwarf_lineoff(3), dwarf_linesrc(3), dwarf_line_srcfileno(3)
- retrieve information associated with a DWARF line descriptor
- dwarf_object_init(3)
- allocate a DWARF debug descriptor with application-specific file
- dwarf_set_reloc_application(3)
- set a library-wide relocation flag
- dwarf_tag(3)
- retrieve the tag associated with a DWARF debugging information entry
- e6000sw(4)
- Marvell 88E6000 series Gigabit Ethernet switch driver
- e6060sw(4)
- Marvell 88E6060/88E6063/88E6065 Fast Ethernet switch driver
- editline(3), el_init(3), el_init_fd(3), el_end(3), el_reset(3), el_gets(3), el_wgets(3), el_getc(3), el_wgetc(3), el_push(3), el_wpush(3), el_parse(3), el_wparse(3), el_set(3), el_wset(3), el_get(3), el_wget(3), el_source(3), el_resize(3), el_cursor(3), el_line(3), el_wline(3), el_insertstr(3), el_winsertstr(3), el_deletestr(3), el_wdeletestr(3), history_init(3), history_winit(3), history_end(3), history_wend(3), history(3), history_w(3), tok_init(3), tok_winit(3), tok_end(3), tok_wend(3), tok_reset(3), tok_wreset(3), tok_line(3), tok_wline(3), tok_str(3), tok_wstr(3)
- line editor, history and tokenization functions
- elf_flagarhdr(3), elf_flagdata(3), elf_flagehdr(3), elf_flagelf(3), elf_flagphdr(3), elf_flagscn(3), elf_flagshdr(3)
- manipulate flags associated with ELF data structures
- elftc_version(3)
- return a project-wide version identifier string
- etherswitch(4)
- Ethernet switch framework
- etherswitchcfg(8)
- configure a built-in Ethernet switch
- euc(5)
- EUC encoding of wide characters
- felix(4)
- driver for Microchip Ocelot Felix switch
- fgetpos(3), fseek(3), fseeko(3), fsetpos(3), ftell(3), ftello(3), rewind(3)
- reposition a stream
- fgetwc(3), getwc(3), getwchar(3)
- get next wide character from input stream
- fgetwln(3)
- get a line of wide characters from a stream
- fgetws(3)
- get a line of wide characters from a stream
- firewire(4)
- IEEE1394 High-performance Serial Bus
- fold(1)
- fold long lines for finite width output device
- form_win(3)
- make and break form window and subwindow associations
- fputwc(3), putwc(3), putwchar(3)
- output a wide character to a stream
- fputws(3)
- output a line of wide characters to a stream
- freelocale(3)
- Frees a locale created with duplocale(3) or newlocale(3)
- fsck_msdosfs(8)
- DOS/Windows (FAT) file system consistency checker
- fsync(1)
- synchronize a file's in-core state with that on disk
- fwcontrol(8)
- FireWire control utility
- fwe(4)
- Ethernet emulation driver for FireWire
- fwide(3)
- get/set orientation of a stream
- fwip(4)
- IP over FireWire driver
- fwohci(4)
- OHCI FireWire chipset device driver
- g_provider_by_name(9)
- find GEOM provider with given name
- g_wither_geom(9)
- destroy geom and related providers and consumers when you get a chance
- gelf_getrela(3), gelf_update_rela(3)
- read and update ELF relocation entries with addends
- gss_context_time(3)
- Determine for how long a context will remain valid
- gss_init_sec_context(3)
- Initiate a security context with a peer application
- hconf(4)
- MS Windows Precision Touchpad configuration driver
- hmt(4)
- MS Windows 7/8/10 - compatible HID multi-touch device driver
- hostapd_cli(8)
- text-based frontend program for interacting with hostapd(8)
- hpen(4)
- MS Windows compatible HID pen tablet driver
- ibnd_find_node_guid(3), ibnd_find_node_dr(3)
- given a fabric object find the node object within it which matches the guid or directed route specified
- ibv_alloc_mw(3), ibv_dealloc_mw(3)
- allocate or deallocate a memory window (MW)
- ibv_bind_mw(3)
- post a request to bind a type 1 memory window to a memory region
- ibv_get_srq_num(3), ibv_get_srq_num (3)
- return srq number associated with the given shared receive queue (SRQ)
- insmntque(9), insmntque1(9)
- associate a vnode with a mount
- ip17x(4)
- IC Plus IP17x series Fast Ethernet switch driver
- ipw(4)
- Intel PRO/Wireless 2100 IEEE 802.11a/b driver
- ipwfw(4)
- Firmware Module for Intel PRO/Wireless 2100 driver
- iswalnum(3), iswalpha(3), iswascii(3), iswblank(3), iswcntrl(3), iswdigit(3), iswgraph(3), iswhexnumber(3), iswideogram(3), iswlower(3), iswnumber(3), iswphonogram(3), iswprint(3), iswpunct(3), iswrune(3), iswspace(3), iswspecial(3), iswupper(3), iswxdigit(3)
- wide character classification utilities
- iswalnum_l(3), iswalpha_l(3), iswcntrl_l(3), iswctype_l(3), iswdigit_l(3), iswgraph_l(3), iswlower_l(3), iswprint_l(3), iswpunct_l(3), iswspace_l(3), iswupper_l(3), iswxdigit_l(3), towlower_l(3), towupper_l(3), wctype_l(3), iswblank_l(3), iswhexnumber_l(3), iswideogram_l(3), iswnumber_l(3), iswphonogram_l(3), iswrune_l(3), iswspecial_l(3), nextwctype_l(3), towctrans_l(3), wctrans_l(3)
- wide character classification utilities
- iswctype(3), wctype(3)
- wide character class functions
- iwi(4)
- Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG/2225BG/2915ABG IEEE 802.11 network driver
- iwifw(4)
- Firmware Module for Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG/2225BG/2915ABG driver
- iwlwifi(4)
- Intel IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ax/be wireless network driver
- iwlwififw(4)
- Firmware for Intel iwlwifi wireless network driver
- iwm(4)
- Intel IEEE 802.11ac wireless network driver
- iwmbtfw(8)
- download firmware for Intel Wireless AC Bluetooth USB devices
- iwmfw(4)
- Firmware Module for Intel Wireless driver
- iwn(4)
- Intel IEEE 802.11n wireless network driver
- iwnfw(4)
- Firmware Module for Intel Wireless driver
- kinfo_getvmobject(3)
- function for getting system-wide memory information
- krb5_get_credentials(3), krb5_get_credentials_with_flags(3), krb5_get_kdc_cred(3), krb5_get_renewed_creds(3)
- get credentials from the KDC using krbtgt
- krb5_get_in_tkt(3), krb5_get_in_cred(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_password(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_keytab(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_skey(3), krb5_free_kdc_rep(3), krb5_password_key_proc(3)
- deprecated initial authentication functions
- krb5_get_init_creds(3), krb5_get_init_creds_keytab(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_init(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_address_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_addressless(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_anonymous(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_default_flags(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_forwardable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa_password(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_paq_request(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_preauth_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_proxiable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_renew_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_tkt_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_canonicalize(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_win2k(3), krb5_get_init_creds_password(3), krb5_prompt(3), krb5_prompter_posix(3)
- Kerberos 5 initial authentication functions
- krb5_is_thread_safe(3)
- is the Kerberos library compiled with multithread support
- krb5_mk_req(3), krb5_mk_req_exact(3), krb5_mk_req_extended(3), krb5_rd_req(3), krb5_rd_req_with_keyblock(3), krb5_mk_rep(3), krb5_mk_rep_exact(3), krb5_mk_rep_extended(3), krb5_rd_rep(3), krb5_build_ap_req(3), krb5_verify_ap_req(3)
- create and read application authentication request
- kstack_contains(9)
- determine if an address range lies within the kernel stack for a thread
- kswitch(1)
- switch between default credential caches
- ksz8995ma(4)
- driver for Micrel KSZ8995MA fast ethernet switch chip
- kyua-debug(1), kyua debug(1)
- Executes a single test case with facilities for debugging
- kyua-report(1), kyua report(1)
- Generates reports with the results of a test suite run
- kyua-report-html(1), kyua report-html(1)
- Generates an HTML report with the results of a test suite run
- kyua-report-junit(1), kyua report-junit(1)
- Generates a JUnit report with the results of a test suite run
- look(1)
- display lines beginning with a given string
- mac_do(4)
- policy allowing unprivileged users to change process credentials
- mac_ntpd(4)
- policy allowing ntpd to run as non-root user
- malo(4)
- Marvell Libertas IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network driver
- mbrtowc(3), mbrtoc16(3), mbrtoc32(3)
- convert a character to a wide-character code (restartable)
- mbsrtowcs(3), mbsnrtowcs(3)
- convert a character string to a wide-character string (restartable)
- mbstowcs(3)
- convert a character string to a wide-character string
- mbtowc(3)
- convert a character to a wide-character code
- memcontrol(8)
- control system cache behaviour with respect to memory
- menu_win(3)
- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
- mi_switch(9)
- switch to another thread context
- mkuzip(8)
- compress disk image for use with geom_uzip(4) class
- mtkswitch(4)
- MediaTek/Ralink Ethernet switch driver
- multibyte(3)
- multibyte and wide character manipulation functions
- mwl(4)
- Marvell 88W8363 IEEE 802.11n wireless network driver
- mwlfw(4)
- Firmware Module for Marvell 88W8363 Wireless driver
- netgdb(4)
- protocol for debugging the kernel with GDB over the network
- networking(7), wifi(7)
- quickstart guide to connecting to a network
- nsdispatch(3)
- name-service switch dispatcher routine
- nss_tacplus(8)
- TACACS+ nsswitch module
- nsswitch.conf(5)
- name-service switch configuration file
- ofw_bus_is_compatible(9), ofw_bus_is_compatible_strict(9), ofw_bus_node_is_compatible(9), ofw_bus_search_compatible(9)
- check device tree nodes for compatibility with drivers
- opendir(3), fdopendir(3), readdir(3), readdir_r(3), telldir(3), seekdir(3), rewinddir(3), closedir(3), fdclosedir(3), dirfd(3)
- directory operations
- otus(4)
- Atheros AR9170 USB IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n wireless network driver
- ow(4)
- Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire bus
- ow_temp(4)
- Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire Temperature sensor
- owc(4)
- Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire Controller
- owll(9), OWLL_WRITE_ONE(9), OWLL_WRITE_ZERO(9), OWLL_READ_DATA(9), OWLL_REASET_AND_PRESENCE(9)
- Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire Link Layer Interface
- own(9), own_send_command(9), own_command_wait(9), own_self_command(9), own_acquire_bus(9), own crc(9), own_release_bus(9), OWN_ACQUIRE_BUS(9), OWN_CRC(9), OWN_RELEASE_BUS(9), OWN_SEND_COMMAND(9)
- Dallas Semiconductor 1-Wire Network and Transport Interface
- pam_authenticate(3)
- perform authentication within the PAM framework
- pam_chauthtok(3)
- perform password related functions within the PAM framework
- pam_ssh(8)
- authentication and session management with SSH private keys
- pca954x(4)
- driver for PCA9548A I2C switch
- pcap_open_dead(3), pcap_open_dead_with_tstamp_precision(3)
- open a fake pcap_t for compiling filters or opening a capture for output
- pcap_open_offline(3), pcap_open_offline_with_tstamp_precision(3), pcap_fopen_offline(3), pcap_fopen_offline_with_tstamp_precision(3)
- open a saved capture file for reading
- pcap_setdirection(3)
- set the direction for which packets will be captured
- pmap_resident_count(9), pmap_wired_count(9)
- return page resident and wiring statistics
- pmap_unwire(9)
- unwire a range of virtual pages
- pmc_capabilities(3), pmc_cpuinfo(3), pmc_ncpu(3), pmc_npmc(3), pmc_pmcinfo(3), pmc_width(3)
- retrieve information about performance monitoring counters
- pmcannotate(8)
- sources printout with inlined profiling
- pmcstat(8)
- performance measurement with performance monitoring hardware
- pos_form_cursor(3)
- position a form window cursor
- post_form(3), unpost_form(3)
- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
- post_menu(3), unpost_menu(3)
- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
- pthread_multi_np(3), pthread_single_np(3)
- switch between multi- and single-threaded scheduling modes
- pthread_mutex_timedlock(3)
- lock a mutex without blocking indefinitely
- pthread_mutex_trylock(3)
- attempt to lock a mutex without blocking
- pthread_switch_add_np(3), pthread_switch_delete_np(3)
- thread context switches debugging primitives
- pwm(8)
- configure PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) hardware
- pwmc(4)
- PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) control device driver
- ral(4)
- Ralink Technology IEEE 802.11a/g/n wireless network driver
- rcmdsh(3)
- return a stream to a remote command without superuser
- regdomain(5), regdomain.xml(5)
- 802.11 wireless regulatory definitions
- resizewin(1)
- update terminal size
- restore(8), rrestore(8)
- restore files or file systems from backups made with dump
- rpc_clnt_create(3), clnt_control(3), clnt_create(3), clnt_create_timed(3), clnt_create_vers(3), clnt_create_vers_timed(3), clnt_destroy(3), clnt_dg_create(3), clnt_pcreateerror(3), clnt_raw_create(3), clnt_spcreateerror(3), clnt_tli_create(3), clnt_tp_create(3), clnt_tp_create_timed(3), clnt_vc_create(3), rpc_createerr(3)
- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
- rpc_gss_set_svc_name(3)
- Associate a GSS-API service principal with an RPC service
- rsu(4)
- Realtek RTL8188SU/RTL8192SU USB IEEE 802.11b/g/n wireless network driver
- rtw88(4)
- Realtek IEEE 802.11n/ac wireless network driver
- rtw88fw(4)
- Firmware modules for Realtek rtw88 wireless network driver
- rtw89(4)
- Realtek IEEE 802.11ax wireless network driver
- rtwn(4)
- Realtek IEEE 802.11n/ac wireless network driver
- rtwn_pci(4)
- Realtek wireless rtwn network driver PCI/PCIe support
- rtwn_usb(4)
- Realtek wireless rtwn network driver USB support
- rtwnfw(4)
- Firmware Module for Realtek Wireless driver
- rum(4)
- Ralink Technology USB IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless network driver
- run(4)
- Ralink Technology USB IEEE 802.11a/g/n wireless network driver
- sctp_connectx(3)
- connect an SCTP socket with multiple destination addresses
- set_field_userptr(3), field_userptr(3)
- associate application data with a form field
- set_form_userptr(3), form_userptr(3)
- associate application data with a form item
- set_item_userptr(3), item_userptr(3)
- associate application data with a menu item
- set_menu_userptr(3), menu_userptr(3)
- associate application data with a menu item
- setfib(1)
- execute a utility with an altered default network view
- setpmac(8)
- run a command with a different MAC process label
- sigfastblock(2)
- controls signals blocking with a simple memory write
- snmp_mibII(3), mibII(3), mibif_notify_f(3), mib_netsock(3), mib_if_set_dyn(3), mib_refresh_iflist(3), mib_find_if(3), mib_find_if_sys(3), mib_find_if_name(3), mib_first_if(3), mib_next_if(3), mib_register_newif(3), mib_unregister_newif(3), mib_fetch_ifmib(3), mib_if_admin(3), mib_find_ifa(3), mib_first_ififa(3), mib_next_ififa(3), mib_ifstack_create(3), mib_ifstack_delete(3), mib_find_rcvaddr(3), mib_rcvaddr_create(3), mib_rcvaddr_delete(3), mibif_notify(3), mibif_unnotify(3)
- mib-2 module for bsnmpd
- snmp_wlan(3)
- wireless networking module for bsnmpd(1)
- spi(8)
- communicate on SPI bus with slave devices
- swi_add(9), swi_remove(9), swi_sched(9)
- register and schedule software interrupt handlers
- tcgetsid(3)
- get session ID associated with a controlling terminal
- tcgetwinsize(3), tcsetwinsize(3)
- get, set the size of a terminal window
- tcp_bbr(4)
- TCP Bottleneck Bandwidth and Round-Trip Time Algorithm
- tcsetsid(3)
- set session ID associated with a controlling terminal
- tcsh(1)
- C shell with file name completion and command line editing
- timeout(1)
- run a command with a time limit
- timerfd(2), timerfd_create(2), timerfd_gettime(2), timerfd_settime(2)
- timers with file descriptor semantics
- towctrans(3), wctrans(3)
- wide character mapping functions
- towlower(3)
- upper case to lower case letter conversion (wide character version)
- towupper(3)
- lower case to upper case letter conversion (wide character version)
- traceroute6(8)
- print the route IPv6 packets will take to a network node
- trunc(3), truncf(3), truncl(3)
- nearest integral value with magnitude less than or equal to |x|
- uath(4)
- Atheros USB IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless network driver
- uathload(8)
- firmware loader for Atheros USB wireless driver
- uchcom(4)
- WinChipHead CH341/CH340 serial adapter driver
- ungetwc(3)
- un-get wide character from input stream
- upgt(4)
- Conexant/Intersil PrismGT SoftMAC USB IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network driver
- ural(4)
- Ralink RT2500USB IEEE 802.11a/b/g wireless network driver
- urtw(4)
- Realtek RTL8187B/L USB IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network driver
- valectl(8)
- manage VALE network switches provided by netmap
- vfork(2)
- create a new process without copying the address space
- vinvalbuf(9)
- flushes and invalidates all buffers associated with a vnode
- vm_map_find(9)
- find a free region within a map, and optionally map a vm_object
- vm_map_findspace(9)
- find a free region within a map
- vm_map_inherit(9)
- set fork inheritance flags for a range within a map
- vm_map_wire(9), vm_map_unwire(9)
- manage page wiring within a virtual memory map
- vm_page_wire(9), vm_page_unwire(9), vm_page_unwire_noq(9)
- wire and unwire pages
- vnode_pager_purge_range(9)
- invalidate the cached content within the given byte range
- wbwd(4)
- device driver for Winbond/Nuvoton Super I/O chips watchdog timer
- wcrtomb(3), c16rtomb(3), c32rtomb(3)
- convert a wide-character code to a character (restartable)
- wcscoll(3)
- compare wide strings according to current collation
- wcsftime(3)
- convert date and time to a wide-character string
- wcsrtombs(3), wcsnrtombs(3)
- convert a wide-character string to a character string (restartable)
- wcstok(3)
- split wide-character string into tokens
- wcstol(3), wcstoul(3), wcstoll(3), wcstoull(3), wcstoimax(3), wcstoumax(3)
- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intmax_t or uintmax_t integer
- wcstombs(3)
- convert a wide-character string to a character string
- wcswidth(3)
- number of column positions in wide-character string
- wcsxfrm(3)
- transform a wide string under locale
- wctomb(3)
- convert a wide-character code to a character
- wcwidth(3)
- number of column positions of a wide-character code
- wg(4)
- WireGuard protocol driver
- wg(8)
- set and retrieve configuration of WireGuard interfaces
- witness(4)
- lock validation facility
- wlan(4)
- generic WiFi 802.11 link-layer support
- wlandebug(8)
- set/query 802.11 wireless debugging messages
- wmemchr(3), wmemcmp(3), wmemcpy(3), wmemmove(3), wmempcpy(3), wmemset(3), wcpcpy(3), wcpncpy(3), wcscasecmp(3), wcscat(3), wcschr(3), wcscmp(3), wcscpy(3), wcscspn(3), wcsdup(3), wcslcat(3), wcslcpy(3), wcslen(3), wcsncasecmp(3), wcsncat(3), wcsncmp(3), wcsncpy(3), wcsnlen(3), wcspbrk(3), wcsrchr(3), wcsspn(3), wcsstr(3)
- wide character string manipulation operations
- wmt(4)
- MS Windows 7/8/10 - compatible USB HID multi-touch device driver
- wpa_cli(8)
- console utility for WiFi authentication with wpa_supplicant
- wpa_supplicant(8)
- WPA/802.11i Supplicant for wireless network devices
- wpi(4)
- Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG IEEE 802.11a/b/g network driver
- wprintf(3), fwprintf(3), swprintf(3), vwprintf(3), vfwprintf(3), vswprintf(3)
- formatted wide character output conversion
- wresize(3), %wresize(3)
- resize a curses window
- wscanf(3), fwscanf(3), swscanf(3), vwscanf(3), vswscanf(3), vfwscanf(3)
- wide character input format conversion
- zero_region(9)
- Read-only region prefilled with zeroes
- zpool-reopen(8)
- reopen vdevs associated with ZFS storage pools
- zpool-replace(8)
- replace one device with another in ZFS storage pool
- zyd(4)
- ZyDAS ZD1211/ZD1211B USB IEEE 802.11b/g wireless network driver
- BIO_s_datagram(3), BIO_new_dgram(3), BIO_ctrl_dgram_connect(3), BIO_ctrl_set_connected(3), BIO_dgram_recv_timedout(3), BIO_dgram_send_timedout(3), BIO_dgram_get_peer(3), BIO_dgram_set_peer(3), BIO_dgram_get_mtu_overhead(3)
- Network BIO with datagram semantics
- BN_add_word(3), BN_sub_word(3), BN_mul_word(3), BN_div_word(3), BN_mod_word(3)
- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
- BN_copy(3), BN_dup(3), BN_with_flags(3)
- copy BIGNUMs
- EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_pkey(3), EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_peerkey(3)
- functions for accessing the EVP_PKEY associated with an EVP_PKEY_CTX
- EVP_PKEY_check(3), EVP_PKEY_param_check(3), EVP_PKEY_param_check_quick(3), EVP_PKEY_public_check(3), EVP_PKEY_public_check_quick(3), EVP_PKEY_private_check(3), EVP_PKEY_pairwise_check(3)
- key and parameter validation functions
- EVP_PKEY_decapsulate_init(3), EVP_PKEY_decapsulate(3)
- Key decapsulation using a KEM algorithm with a private key
- EVP_PKEY_encapsulate_init(3), EVP_PKEY_encapsulate(3)
- Key encapsulation using a KEM algorithm with a public key
- EVP_PKEY_set1_encoded_public_key(3), EVP_PKEY_get1_encoded_public_key(3), EVP_PKEY_set1_tls_encodedpoint(3), EVP_PKEY_get1_tls_encodedpoint(3)
- functions to set and get public key data within an EVP_PKEY
- OPENSSL_Applink(3)
- glue between OpenSSL BIO and Win32 compiler run-time
- PEM_read_bio_ex(3), PEM_FLAG_SECURE(3), PEM_FLAG_EAY_COMPATIBLE(3), PEM_FLAG_ONLY_B64(3)
- read PEM format files with custom processing
- PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC(3), PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1(3)
- password based derivation routines with salt and iteration count
- SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(3), SSL_set_session_id_context(3)
- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
- SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(3), SSL_SESSION_set_cipher(3)
- set and retrieve the SSL cipher associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_hostname(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_hostname(3), SSL_SESSION_get0_alpn_selected(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_alpn_selected(3)
- get and set SNI and ALPN data associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(3)
- get and set the SSL ID context associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(3)
- get details about the ticket associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(3)
- get details about the compression associated with a session
- SSL_connect(3)
- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
- SSL_set_bio(3), SSL_set0_rbio(3), SSL_set0_wbio(3)
- connect the SSL object with a BIO
- SSL_set_fd(3), SSL_set_rfd(3), SSL_set_wfd(3)
- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
- X509_check_private_key(3), X509_REQ_check_private_key(3)
- check the consistency of a private key with the public key in an X509 certificate or certificate request
- o2i_SCT_LIST(3), i2o_SCT_LIST(3), o2i_SCT(3), i2o_SCT(3)
- decode and encode Signed Certificate Timestamp lists in TLS wire format
- sudoshell(1), ss(1)
- Run a shell with logging
- "glLoadMatrixd(3), glLoadMatrixf(3)
- replace the current matrix with the specified matrix
- "glMultMatrixd(3), glMultMatrixf(3)
- multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix
- 3ddesk(1)
- activates 3D-Desktop, a 3D desktop switcher
- 3ddeskd(1)
- starts the daemon for 3D-Desktop, a 3D desktop switcher
- 44bsd-csh(1), csh(1)
- a shell (command interpreter) with C-like syntax
- 44bsd-more(1), more(1)
- file perusal filter for crt viewing
- 4va(1), ctorus(1), cutctorus(1), 4vdmake(1)
- 4D object tumbler for X-Windows and object generation programs
- AG_Box(3)
- agar box container widget
- AG_Button(3)
- agar button widget
- AG_Checkbox(3)
- agar checkbox widget
- AG_Combo(3)
- agar canned text input + drop-down menu widget
- AG_Console(3)
- agar log console widget
- AG_DirDlg(3)
- agar directory browser widget
- AG_DriverMw(3)
- agar multiple-window driver class
- AG_DriverSDL2MW(3)
- agar SDL2 multi-window OpenGL driver
- AG_DriverSw(3)
- agar single-window driver class
- AG_Editable(3)
- agar text input widget
- AG_FileDlg(3)
- agar file browser widget
- AG_Fixed(3)
- agar fixed-position container widget
- AG_FixedPlotter(3)
- agar integer plot widget
- AG_FontSelector(3)
- agar font selection widget
- AG_GLView(3)
- low-level OpenGL context widget
- AG_GlobalKeys(3)
- agar application-wide keyboard shortcuts
- AG_Graph(3)
- agar graph view widget
- AG_Icon(3)
- agar icon widget
- AG_Label(3)
- agar label widget
- AG_MPane(3)
- agar multiple paned view widget
- AG_Notebook(3)
- agar notebook container widget
- AG_Numerical(3)
- agar numerical editor widget
- AG_Pane(3)
- agar paned container widget
- AG_Pixmap(3)
- agar pixmap display widget
- AG_ProgressBar(3)
- agar progress bar widget
- AG_Radio(3)
- agar radio group widget
- AG_Scrollbar(3)
- agar scroll bar widget
- AG_Scrollview(3)
- agar scrollable view widget
- AG_Separator(3)
- agar cosmetic separator widget
- AG_SizeSpec(3)
- agar widget size specification
- AG_Slider(3)
- agar slider widget
- AG_Socket(3)
- agar socket widget
- AG_Table(3)
- agar table display widget
- AG_Textbox(3)
- agar text editor widget
- AG_Titlebar(3)
- agar stock titlebar widget
- AG_Tlist(3)
- agar tree/list widget
- AG_Toolbar(3)
- agar button toolbar widget
- AG_Treetbl(3)
- agar tree-based table widget
- AG_UCombo(3)
- agar button-triggered drop-down menu widget
- AG_Widget(3)
- agar user interface element
- AG_WidgetPrimitives(3)
- agar widget rendering primitives
- AG_Window(3)
- agar window system
- ALLEGRO_DATE(3)
- Defined to a number with the release date of Allegro
- ALLEGRO_DATE_STR(3)
- Defined to a string with the year Allegro was released
- ALLEGRO_NEW_WINDOW_TITLE_MAX_SIZE(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- ALLEGRO_VERSION_STR(3)
- Defined to a string with the full Allegro version number
- ALLEGRO_WIP_VERSION(3)
- Defined to the minor version of Allegro
- ASDatabase(1x)
- defines how windows should be treated by AfterStep depending on its name
- AfterStep(1x)
- X11 window manager
- AllPlanes(3), BlackPixel(3), WhitePixel(3), ConnectionNumber(3), DefaultColormap(3), DefaultDepth(3), XListDepths(3), DefaultGC(3), DefaultRootWindow(3), DefaultScreenOfDisplay(3), DefaultScreen(3), DefaultVisual(3), DisplayCells(3), DisplayPlanes(3), DisplayString(3), XMaxRequestSize(3), XExtendedMaxRequestSize(3), LastKnownRequestProcessed(3), NextRequest(3), ProtocolVersion(3), ProtocolRevision(3), QLength(3), RootWindow(3), ScreenCount(3), ScreenOfDisplay(3), ServerVendor(3), VendorRelease(3)
- Display macros and functions
- Animate(1x)
- AfterStep module animating windows being iconified/deiconified
- ApplicationShell(3)
- The ApplicationShell widget class "ApplicationShell" "widget class" "ApplicationShell"
- Archetype(n)
- base class for all [incr Tk] mega-widgets
- Arrange(1x)
- AfterStep module for arranging windows in a tiling or cascading order
- BIO_s_datagram(3ossl), BIO_new_dgram(3ossl), BIO_ctrl_dgram_connect(3ossl), BIO_ctrl_set_connected(3ossl), BIO_dgram_recv_timedout(3ossl), BIO_dgram_send_timedout(3ossl), BIO_dgram_get_peer(3ossl), BIO_dgram_set_peer(3ossl), BIO_dgram_detect_peer_addr(3ossl), BIO_dgram_get_mtu_overhead(3ossl)
- Network BIO with datagram semantics
- BN_add_word(3), BN_sub_word(3), BN_mul_word(3), BN_div_word(3), BN_mod_word(3)
- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
- BN_add_word(3ossl), BN_sub_word(3ossl), BN_mul_word(3ossl), BN_div_word(3ossl), BN_mod_word(3ossl)
- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
- BN_copy(3), BN_dup(3), BN_with_flags(3)
- copy BIGNUMs
- BN_copy(3ossl), BN_dup(3ossl), BN_with_flags(3ossl)
- copy BIGNUMs
- BSctx_set_rt(3)
- Set whether information for fast future permutations with the same matrix structure should be kept
- BSctx_set_si(3)
- Set whether or not inodes and cliques will be found
- BSeasy_A(3)
- Given A in a standard numerical format, construct the sparse A that we need for BlockSolve. This routine is particularly useful for matrices created in Fortran. The rows on a processor must be contiguous in the global numbering. If they are not, then other BlockSolve routines must be called to construct the matrix for BlockSolve. Arrays are indexed starting with 0. The values in a row must be sorted according to column number
- BlackPixelOfScreen(3), WhitePixelOfScreen(3), CellsOfScreen(3), DefaultColormapOfScreen(3), DefaultDepthOfScreen(3), DefaultGCOfScreen(3), DefaultVisualOfScreen(3), DoesBackingStore(3), DoesSaveUnders(3), DisplayOfScreen(3), XScreenNumberOfScreen(3), EventMaskOfScreen(3), HeightOfScreen(3), HeightMMOfScreen(3), MaxCmapsOfScreen(3), MinCmapsOfScreen(3), PlanesOfScreen(3), RootWindowOfScreen(3), WidthOfScreen(3), WidthMMOfScreen(3)
- screen information functions and macros
- Blt_TreeGetToken(3)
- Grabs a token associated with existing tree data object
- Blt_TreeReleaseToken(3)
- Releases token associated with tree object
- CDKchdir(3), CDKchdir CDKgetDirectoryContents CDKopenFile CDKreadFile alignxy char2Chtype char2DisplayType checkForLink chtype2String deleteCursesWindow enableCursesMarkup eraseCursesWindow getListIndex getString justifyString mode2Filetype moveCursesWindow popupDialog popupLabel popupLabelAttrib selectFile setWidgetDimension stripWhiteSpace viewFile viewInfo cdk_util(3)
- Cdk utility functions
- CK_COHORT_PROTOTYPE(3)
- define cohort type with specified lock types
- CK_COHORT_TRYLOCK_PROTOTYPE(3)
- define cohort type with specified lock types
- CK_HS_HASH(3)
- invoke hash function with hash set seed
- CK_RHS_HASH(3)
- invoke hash function with hash set seed
- COLORS(3x), %bool(3x), %chtype(3x), %cchar_t(3x), %attr_t(3x), %SCREEN(3x), %WINDOW(3x), %TRUE(3x), %FALSE(3x), %ERR(3x), %OK(3x), %curscr(3x), %newscr(3x), %stdscr(3x), %COLORS(3x), %COLOR_PAIRS(3x), %COLS(3x), %LINES(3x), %ESCDELAY(3x), %TABSIZE(3x)
- curses data types, constants, and global variables
- COLOR_BLACK(3x), %start_color(3x), %has_colors(3x), %can_change_color(3x), %init_pair(3x), %init_color(3x), %init_extended_pair(3x), %init_extended_color(3x), %color_content(3x), %pair_content(3x), %extended_color_content(3x), %extended_pair_content(3x), %reset_color_pairs(3x), %COLOR_PAIR(3x), %PAIR_NUMBER(3x), %COLORS(3x), %COLOR_PAIRS(3x), %COLOR_BLACK(3x), %COLOR_RED(3x), %COLOR_GREEN(3x), %COLOR_YELLOW(3x), %COLOR_BLUE(3x), %COLOR_MAGENTA(3x), %COLOR_CYAN(3x), %COLOR_WHITE(3x)
- manipulate terminal colors with curses
- COLOR_MAP(3)
- Stores a color map to accelerate drawing. Allegro game programming library
- CURLOPT_CHUNK_BGN_FUNCTION(3)
- callback before a transfer with FTP wildcard match
- CURLOPT_CHUNK_END_FUNCTION(3)
- callback after a transfer with FTP wildcard match
- CURLOPT_FNMATCH_FUNCTION(3)
- wildcard match callback
- CURLOPT_FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER(3)
- command to use instead of USER with FTP
- CURLOPT_FTP_SSL_CCC(3)
- switch off SSL again with FTP after auth
- CURLOPT_NOBODY(3)
- do the download request without getting the body
- CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS(3)
- switch off the progress meter
- CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD(3)
- password to use with proxy authentication
- CURLOPT_WILDCARDMATCH(3)
- directory wildcard transfers
- Callback(3o)
- Registering OCaml values with the C runtime
- Coccilib(3cocci)
- Library of functions for use with Coccinelle OCaml script code
- CombShape(3), Shape_CombineBitmap(3), Shape_CombineRectangles(3), Shape_CombineRectanglesOrdered(3), Shape_CombineRegion(3), Shape_CombineWindow(3), Shape_MoveShape(3)
- apply a shaping to a window
- Composite(3)
- The Composite widget class "Composite" "widget class" "Composite"
- Constraint(3)
- The Constraint widget class "Constraint" "widget class" "Constraint"
- Core(3)
- The Core widget class "Core" "widget class" "Core"
- DPGEN_DFFT(3)
- Dynamic Flip-Flop with Scan-Path Macro-Generator
- DPGEN_RF1D(3), DPGEN_RF1DR0(3)
- Register File with Decoder Macro-Generator
- DPGEN_SFFT(3)
- Static Flip-Flop with Scan-Path Macro-Generator
- DS1822(3)
- Econo 1-Wire Digital Thermometer
- DS1825(3)
- Programmable Resolution 1-Wire Digital Thermometer with ID MAX31826 - Digital Temperature Sensor with 1Kb Lockable EEPROM MAX31850 MAX31851 - Cold-Junction Compensated Thermocouple
- DS18B20(3)
- Programmable Resolution 1-Wire Digital Thermometer MAX31820 - Ambient Temperature Sensor
- DS18S20(3)
- High-Precision 1-Wire Digital Thermometer DS1920 - iButton version of the thermometer
- DS1963S(3)
- 256 byte Monetary iButton with SHA-1
- DS2401(3)
- Silicon Serial Number DS1990A - Serial Number iButton [.]XXXXXXXXXXXX[XX][/[ '" '" Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Paul H Alfille, MD '" (paul.alfille@gmail.com) '" '" Program manual page for the OWFS -- 1-wire filesystem package '" Based on Dallas Semiconductor, Inc's datasheets, and trial and error. '" '" Free for all use. No warranty. None. Use at your own risk. '" address | crc8 | id | locator | r_address | r_id | r_locator | type ]]
- DS2405(3)
- Addressable Switch
- DS2406(3), DS2407(3)
- Dual Addressable Switch with 1kbit Memory, Hidable Dual Addressable Switch with 1kbit Memory
- DS2408(3)
- 1-Wire 8 Channel Addressable Switch
- DS2413(3)
- Dual Channel Addressable Switch
- DS2415(3), DS1904(3), DS2417(3)
- 1-Wire Time Chip, RTC (real time clock) iButton, 1-Wire Time Chip with Interrupt
- DS2423(3)
- 4kbit 1-Wire RAM with Counter
- DS2430A(3), DS1971(3)
- 256-bit 1-wire EEPROM, 256-bit EEPROM ibutton
- DS2780(3)
- Stand-alone Fuel Gauge IC DS2788 - Stand-alone Fuel Gauge with LED Drivers
- DS2890(3)
- 1-Wire Digital Potentiometer
- DS28E04(3)
- 1-Wire EEPROM chip (4096-bit) with seven address inputs
- DS28EA00(3)
- 1-Wire Digital Thermometer with Sequence Detect and PIO
- Diffing.Define(3o)
- Define(Defs) creates the diffing types from the types defined in Defs and the functors that need to be instantatied with the diffing algorithm parameters
- Diffing_with_keys(3o)
- When diffing lists where each element has a distinct key, we can refine the diffing patch by introducing two composite edit moves: swaps and moves
- Diffing_with_keys.Define(3o)
- no description
- Diffing_with_keys.Define.Parameters(3o)
- no description
- Diffing_with_keys.Define.Simple(3o)
- no description
- Docstrings.WithMenhir(3o)
- no description
- Dpkg(3perl)
- module with core variables
- Dpkg::Compression::FileHandle(3perl)
- object dealing transparently with file compression
- EDS(3)
- Embedded Data Systems Sensors EDS0064 - Temperature EDS0065 - Temperature and Humidity EDS0066 - Temperature and Barometric Pressure EDS0067 - Temperature and Light EDS0068 - Temperature, Barometric Pressure and Light EDS0070 - Vibration EDS0071 - RTD 4-wire temperature EDS0072 - RTD 3-wire temperature EDS0080 - 8 Channel Analog Current Input EDS0082 - 8 Channel Analog Voltage Input EDS0083 - 4 Channel Analog Current Input EDS0085 - 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input EDS0090 - 8 Discrete I/O
- EVP_AEAD_CTX_new(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_free(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_init(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_cleanup(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_open(3), EVP_AEAD_CTX_seal(3), EVP_AEAD_key_length(3), EVP_AEAD_max_overhead(3), EVP_AEAD_max_tag_len(3), EVP_AEAD_nonce_length(3), EVP_aead_aes_128_gcm(3), EVP_aead_aes_256_gcm(3), EVP_aead_chacha20_poly1305(3), EVP_aead_xchacha20_poly1305(3)
- authenticated encryption with additional data
- EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_pkey(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_CTX_get0_peerkey(3ossl)
- functions for accessing the EVP_PKEY associated with an EVP_PKEY_CTX
- EVP_PKEY_check(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_param_check(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_param_check_quick(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_public_check(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_public_check_quick(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_private_check(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_pairwise_check(3ossl)
- key and parameter validation functions
- EVP_PKEY_decapsulate_init(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_auth_decapsulate_init(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_decapsulate(3ossl)
- Key decapsulation using a KEM algorithm with a private key
- EVP_PKEY_encapsulate_init(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_auth_encapsulate_init(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_encapsulate(3ossl)
- Key encapsulation using a KEM algorithm with a public key
- EVP_PKEY_set1_encoded_public_key(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_get1_encoded_public_key(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_set1_tls_encodedpoint(3ossl), EVP_PKEY_get1_tls_encodedpoint(3ossl)
- functions to set and get public key data within an EVP_PKEY
- Ephemeron.GenHashTable(3o)
- Hash tables on generic containers with notion of death and aliveness
- Ephemeron.K1(3o)
- Ephemerons with one key
- Ephemeron.K2(3o)
- Ephemerons with two keys
- Ephemeron.Kn(3o)
- Ephemerons with arbitrary number of keys of the same type
- Eterm(1)
- the Enlightened terminal emulator for the X Window System
- FcAtomicReplaceOrig(3)
- replace original with new
- FcConfigSubstituteWithPat(3)
- Execute substitutions
- FcDirScan(3)
- scan a font directory without caching it
- FcPatternAddWeak(3)
- Add a value to a pattern with weak binding
- FcPatternGetWithBinding(3)
- Return a value with binding from a pattern
- FcPatternIterStart(3)
- Initialize the iterator with the first iterator in the pattern
- FeelWindowBox(1x)
- defines placement policy for certain type of windows, based on desk, window attributes, window size, etc. Useful for xinerama configurations, where windows should not be placed in between screens
- Float.Array(3o)
- Float arrays with packed representation
- Float.ArrayLabels(3o)
- Float arrays with packed representation (labeled functions)
- FvwmIdent(1)
- the Fvwm identify-window module
- FvwmRearrange(1)
- rearrange fvwm windows
- GENLIB_LOINSE(3)
- add a logical instance to the current figure, with explicit connections
- GENLIB_MACRO(3)
- Interface with all MACRO generators
- GENLIB_WIRE1(3)
- place a physical segment in the current figure
- GENLIB_WIRE2(3)
- place two physical segments in the current figure
- GENLIB_WIRE3(3)
- place three physical segments in the current figure
- HPL_dlaswp04N(3)
- copy rows of U in A and replace them with columns of W
- HPL_dlaswp04T(3)
- copy columns of U in rows of A and replace them with columns of W
- HPL_dlaswp06N(3)
- swap rows of U with rows of A
- HPL_dlaswp06T(3)
- swap rows or columns of U with rows of A
- HPL_dlocswpN(3)
- locally swaps rows within panel
- HPL_dlocswpT(3)
- locally swaps rows within panel
- ImageByteOrder(3), BitmapBitOrder(3), BitmapPad(3), BitmapUnit(3), DisplayHeight(3), DisplayHeightMM(3), DisplayWidth(3), DisplayWidthMM(3), XListPixmapFormats(3), XPixmapFormatValues(3)
- image format functions and macros
- InfernoEmbedded(3), InfernoEmbedded Softdevices(3)
- RGBW Controllers - Switch Masters - Firmware Updater
- Itcl_RegisterC(3), Itcl_RegisterObjC(3), Itcl_FindC(3)
- Associate a symbolic name with a C procedure
- Kobil_mIDentity_switch(8)
- activate mIDentity CCID reader
- MAP_View(3)
- editor and display widget for Agar-MAP maps
- MPIX_Allreduce_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue an allreduce operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Comm_create_errhandler_x(3)
- Creates an MPI-style communicator errorhandler with an extra_state
- MPIX_File_create_errhandler_x(3)
- Creates an MPI-style file errorhandler with an extra_state
- MPIX_Irecv_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a nonblocking receive operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Isend_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a nonblocking send operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Op_create_x(3)
- Creates a user-defined reduction op with an extra_state
- MPIX_Recv_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a receive operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Send_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a send operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Session_create_errhandler_x(3)
- Creates an MPI-style session errorhandler with an extra_state
- MPIX_Start_progress_thread(3)
- Start a progress thread that will poll progress on the given stream
- MPIX_Stream_comm_create(3)
- Create a new communicator with local stream attached
- MPIX_Stream_comm_create_multiplex(3)
- Create a new communicator with multiple local streams attached
- MPIX_Type_iov_len(3)
- Return the number of contiguous segments within max_iov_bytes
- MPIX_Wait_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a wait operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Waitall_enqueue(3)
- Enqueue a waitall operation to a GPU stream that is associated with the local stream
- MPIX_Win_create_errhandler_x(3)
- Creates an MPI-style window errorhandler with an extra_state
- MPI_Add_error_string(3)
- Associates an error string with an MPI error code or class
- MPI_Alltoallw(3)
- Generalized all-to-all communication allowing different datatypes, counts, and displacements for each partner
- MPI_Attr_delete(3)
- Deletes an attribute value associated with a key on a communicator
- MPI_Attr_put(3)
- Stores attribute value associated with a key
- MPI_Bcast(3)
- Broadcasts a message from the process with rank "root" to all other processes of the communicator
- MPI_Bsend(3)
- Basic send with user-provided buffering
- MPI_Cart_get(3)
- Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
- MPI_Cartdim_get(3)
- Retrieves Cartesian topology information associated with a communicator
- MPI_Comm_delete_attr(3)
- Deletes an attribute value associated with a key on a communicator
- MPI_Comm_dup_with_info(3)
- Duplicates an existing communicator using the supplied info hints
- MPI_Comm_group(3)
- Accesses the group associated with given communicator
- MPI_Comm_idup_with_info(3)
- nonblocking communicator duplication
- MPI_Comm_remote_group(3)
- Accesses the remote group associated with
- MPI_Comm_set_attr(3)
- Stores attribute value associated with a key
- MPI_Comm_set_info(3)
- Set new values for the hints of the communicator associated with comm
- MPI_Comm_size(3)
- Determines the size of the group associated with a communicator
- MPI_File_set_info(3)
- Sets new values for the hints associated with a file
- MPI_Free_mem(3)
- Free memory allocated with MPI_Alloc_mem
- MPI_Get(3)
- Get data from a memory window on a remote process
- MPI_Graph_get(3)
- Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
- MPI_Graphdims_get(3)
- Retrieves graph topology information associated with a communicator
- MPI_Ialltoallw(3)
- Nonblocking generalized all-to-all communication allowing different datatypes, counts, and displacements for each partner
- MPI_Ibcast(3)
- Broadcasts a message from the process with rank "root" to all other processes of the communicator in a nonblocking way
- MPI_Info_get(3)
- Retrieves the value associated with a key
- MPI_Info_get_string(3)
- Retrieves the value associated with a key
- MPI_Info_get_valuelen(3)
- Retrieves the length of the value associated with a key
- MPI_Isendrecv_replace(3)
- Starts a nonblocking send and receive with a single buffer
- MPI_Neighbor_alltoallw(3)
- Like MPI_Neighbor_alltoallv but it allows one to send and receive with different types to and from each neighbor
- MPI_Publish_name(3)
- Publish a service name for use with MPI_Comm_connect
- MPI_Put(3)
- Put data into a memory window on a remote process
- MPI_Remove_error_string(3)
- Remove the error string associated with an MPI error code or class
- MPI_Rget(3)
- Get data from a memory window on a remote process
- MPI_Rput(3)
- Put data into a memory window on a remote process and return a request
- MPI_Session_create_errhandler(3)
- Create an error handler for use with MPI session
- MPI_Session_get_pset_info(3)
- Get the info associated with the processes set
- MPI_Start(3)
- Initiates a communication with a persistent request handle
- MPI_Status_set_cancelled(3)
- Sets the cancelled state associated with a request
- MPI_T_event_callback_get_info(3)
- Returns a new info object containing the hints of the callback function registered for the callback safety level specified by cb_safety of the event-registration handle associated with event_registration
- MPI_T_event_callback_set_info(3)
- Updates the hints of the callback function registered for the callback safety level specified by cb_safety of the event-registration handle associated with event_registration
- MPI_T_event_handle_get_info(3)
- Returns a new info object containing the hints of the event-registration handle associated with event_registration
- MPI_T_event_handle_set_info(3)
- Updates the hints of the event-registration handle associated with event_registration
- MPI_T_event_register_callback(3)
- Associates a user-defined function with an allocated event-registration handle
- MPI_Topo_test(3)
- Determines the type of topology (if any) associated with a communicator
- MPI_Type_create_hindexed(3)
- Create a datatype for an indexed datatype with displacements in bytes
- MPI_Type_create_hindexed_block(3)
- Create an hindexed datatype with constant-sized blocks
- MPI_Type_create_hvector(3)
- Create a datatype with a constant stride given in bytes
- MPI_Type_create_indexed_block(3)
- Create an indexed datatype with constant-sized blocks
- MPI_Type_create_resized(3)
- Create a datatype with a new lower bound and extent from an existing datatype
- MPI_Type_delete_attr(3)
- Deletes an attribute value associated with a key on a datatype
- MPI_Type_get_value_index(3)
- returns a handle to a predefined datatype suitable for the use with MPI_MINLOC and MPI_MAXLOC if such a predefined type exists
- MPI_Type_hindexed(3)
- Creates an indexed datatype with offsets in bytes
- MPI_Type_set_attr(3)
- Stores attribute value associated with a key
- MPI_Unpack_external(3)
- Unpack a buffer (packed with MPI_Pack_external) according to a datatype into contiguous memory
- MPI_Unpublish_name(3)
- Unpublish a service name published with MPI_Publish_name
- MPI_Win_allocate(3)
- Create and allocate an MPI Window object for one-sided communication
- MPI_Win_allocate_shared(3)
- Create an MPI Window object for one-sided communication and shared memory access, and allocate memory at each process
- MPI_Win_attach(3)
- Attach memory to a dynamic window
- MPI_Win_c2f(3)
- converts MPI_Win to Fortran INTEGER
- MPI_Win_call_errhandler(3)
- Call the error handler installed on a window
- MPI_Win_complete(3)
- Completes an RMA operations begun after an MPI_Win_start
- MPI_Win_create(3)
- Create an MPI Window object for one-sided communication
- MPI_Win_create_dynamic(3)
- Create an MPI Window object for one-sided communication
- MPI_Win_create_errhandler(3)
- Create an error handler for use with MPI window
- MPI_Win_create_keyval(3)
- Create an attribute keyval for MPI window objects
- MPI_Win_delete_attr(3)
- Deletes an attribute value associated with a key on a window
- MPI_Win_detach(3)
- Detach memory from a dynamic window
- MPI_Win_f2c(3)
- converts Fortran INTEGER to MPI_Win
- MPI_Win_fence(3)
- Perform an MPI fence synchronization on a MPI window
- MPI_Win_flush(3)
- Complete all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPI_Win_flush_all(3)
- Complete all outstanding RMA operations at all targets
- MPI_Win_flush_local(3)
- Complete locally all outstanding RMA operations at the given target
- MPI_Win_flush_local_all(3)
- Complete locally all outstanding RMA operations at all targets
- MPI_Win_free(3)
- Free an MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_free_keyval(3)
- Frees an attribute key for MPI RMA windows
- MPI_Win_get_attr(3)
- Get attribute cached on an MPI window object
- MPI_Win_get_errhandler(3)
- Get the error handler for the MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_get_group(3)
- Get the MPI Group of the window object
- MPI_Win_get_info(3)
- Returns a new info object containing the hints of the window
- MPI_Win_get_name(3)
- Get the print name associated with the MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_lock(3)
- Begin an RMA access epoch at the target process
- MPI_Win_lock_all(3)
- Begin an RMA access epoch at all processes on the given window
- MPI_Win_post(3)
- Start an RMA exposure epoch
- MPI_Win_set_attr(3)
- Stores attribute value associated with a key
- MPI_Win_set_errhandler(3)
- Set window error handler
- MPI_Win_set_info(3)
- Set new values for the hints of the window associated with win
- MPI_Win_set_name(3)
- Set the print name for an MPI RMA window
- MPI_Win_shared_query(3)
- Query the size and base pointer for a patch of a shared memory window
- MPI_Win_start(3)
- Start an RMA access epoch for MPI
- MPI_Win_sync(3)
- Synchronize public and private copies of the given window
- MPI_Win_test(3)
- Test whether an RMA exposure epoch has completed
- MPI_Win_unlock(3)
- Completes an RMA access epoch at the target process
- MPI_Win_unlock_all(3)
- Completes an RMA access epoch at all processes on the given window
- MPI_Win_wait(3)
- Completes an RMA exposure epoch begun with MPI_Win_post
- M_Matview(3)
- Agar-Math matrix viewer widget
- M_Plotter(3)
- Agar-Math plotting widget
- Mapper(1)
- orienteering map drawing software
- Mat_Rewind(3)
- Rewinds an open MAT file to the beginning
- MeasureChar.tk86(3), Tk_MeasureChars(3), Tk_TextWidth(3), Tk_DrawChars(3), Tk_UnderlineChars(3)
- routines to measure and display simple single-line strings
- MrmFetchWidget(3)
- Fetches and creates an indexed (UIL named) application widget and its children "MrmFetchWidget" "uil functions" "MrmFetchWidget"
- MrmFetchWidgetOverride(3)
- Fetches any indexed (UIL named) application widget. It overrides the arguments specified for this application widget in UIL "MrmFetchWidgetOverride" "uil functions" "MrmFetchWidgetOverride"
- MrmInitialize(3)
- Prepares an application to use MRM widget-fetching facilities "MrmInitialize" "uil functions" "MrmInitialize"
- MrmRegisterClass(3)
- Saves the information needed for MRM to access the widget creation function for user-defined widgets "MrmRegisterClass" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterClass"
- MrmRegisterNames(3)
- Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names) "MrmRegisterNames" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterNames"
- MrmRegisterNamesInHierarchy(3)
- Registers the values associated with the names referenced in UIL within a single hierarchy (for example, UIL callback function names or UIL identifier names) "MrmRegisterNamesIn%Hierarchy" "uil functions" "MrmRegisterNamesIn%Hierarchy"
- Munin::Common::Timeout(3)
- Run code with a timeout. May nest
- Munin::Node::Configure::History(3)
- Filtering plugins based on the version of Munin they were first distributed with
- Munin::Node::Configure::Plugin(3)
- Class representing a plugin, along with its installed and suggested services
- MyFrame(1x)
- defines how AfterStep should construct window's frame
- NCURSES_SCREEN_CB(3x), %NCURSES_WINDOW_CB(3x), %NCURSES_SCREEN_CB(3x), %get_escdelay(3x), %set_escdelay(3x), %set_tabsize(3x), %use_screen(3x), %use_window(3x)
- curses support for multi-threaded applications
- OPENSSL_Applink(3)
- glue between OpenSSL BIO and Win32 compiler run-time
- OPENSSL_Applink(3ossl)
- glue between OpenSSL BIO and Win32 compiler run-time
- OSSL_STORE-winstore(7ossl)
- OpenSSL built in OSSL_STORE for Windows
- Object(3)
- The Object widget class "Object" "widget class" "Object"
- OverrideShell(3)
- The OverrideShell widget class "OverrideShell" "widget class" "OverrideShell"
- PEM_read_bio_ex(3), PEM_FLAG_SECURE(3), PEM_FLAG_EAY_COMPATIBLE(3), PEM_FLAG_ONLY_B64(3)
- read PEM format files with custom processing
- PEM_read_bio_ex(3ossl), PEM_FLAG_SECURE(3ossl), PEM_FLAG_EAY_COMPATIBLE(3ossl), PEM_FLAG_ONLY_B64(3ossl)
- read PEM format files with custom processing
- PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC(3), PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1(3)
- password based derivation routines with salt and iteration count
- PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC(3ossl), PKCS5_PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA1(3ossl)
- password based derivation routines with salt and iteration count
- POFileFill(1)
- fill a file with entries already translated in other files
- PS_arc(3)
- Draws an arc counterclockwise
- PS_arcn(3)
- Draws an arc clockwise
- PS_clip(3)
- Clips drawing to current path
- PS_setfont(3)
- Sets font to use for following output
- PS_setlinewidth(3)
- Sets width of a line
- PS_show2(3)
- Output text with given length
- PS_stringwidth(3)
- Get width of a string
- PS_stringwidth2(3)
- Gets width of a string
- PS_symbol_width(3)
- Get width of a glyph
- PagerDecorations(1x)
- Visual attributes of the Pager window
- Placement(1x)
- AfterStep supports several different window placement policies. Some of them designed to fill free space, and some allowing for windows to be placed on top of others
- RT::Extension::Gravatar(3)
- Displays Gravatar images within RT
- RectObj(3)
- The RectObj widget class "RectObj" "widget class" "RectObj"
- RegExp.tcl86(3), Tcl_RegExpMatch(3), Tcl_RegExpCompile(3), Tcl_RegExpExec(3), Tcl_RegExpRange(3), Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(3), Tcl_RegExpMatchObj(3), Tcl_RegExpExecObj(3), Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(3)
- Pattern matching with regular expressions
- RegExp.tcl90(3), Tcl_RegExpMatch(3), Tcl_RegExpCompile(3), Tcl_RegExpExec(3), Tcl_RegExpRange(3), Tcl_GetRegExpFromObj(3), Tcl_RegExpMatchObj(3), Tcl_RegExpExecObj(3), Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(3)
- Pattern matching with regular expressions
- RkCvtHan(3), RkCvtHan / RkwCvtHan(3)
- convert double-width symbols, alphanumeric characters, hiragana, and katakana to single-width characters
- RkCvtHira(3)
- convert double-width katakana to double-width hiragana
- RkCvtKana(3)
- convert double-width hiragana to double-width katakana
- RkCvtZen(3)
- convert ASCII characters and single-width katakana to double-width characters
- Rscript(1)
- front end for scripting with R
- SAVEPOINT(7)
- define a new savepoint within the current transaction
- SDL_AddTimer(3)
- Add a timer which will call a callback after the specified number of milliseconds has elapsed
- SDL_CondWaitTimeout(3)
- Wait on a condition variable, with timeout
- SDL_FillRect(3)
- This function performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with some color
- SDL_FreeCursor(3)
- Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor
- SDL_LoadBMP(3)
- Load a Windows BMP file into an SDL_Surface
- SDL_OpenAudio(3)
- Opens the audio device with the desired parameters
- SDL_RemoveTimer(3)
- Remove a timer which was added with SDL_AddTimer
- SDL_ResizeEvent(3)
- Window resize event structure
- SDL_SaveBMP(3)
- Save an SDL_Surface as a Windows BMP file
- SDL_SetVideoMode(3)
- Set up a video mode with the specified width, height and bits-per-pixel
- SDL_SysWMEvent(3)
- Platform-dependent window manager event
- SDL_WM_GetCaption(3)
- Gets the window title and icon name
- SDL_WM_IconifyWindow(3)
- Iconify/Minimise the window
- SDL_WM_SetCaption(3)
- Sets the window tile and icon name
- SDL_WM_SetIcon(3)
- Sets the icon for the display window
- SDLmm_todo(3), todo(3)
- Todo List "Class SDLmm::SRect " 1c Extend the class with useful utility functions in regards to rectangles like intersections. "Class SDLmm::Surface " 1c Implement a better constructor scheme, where the first argument is a dummy class which specified what to do. This would allow a construct where a surface can be loaded from an image file without first having to create an unitialized object. "Class SDLmm::VideoInfo " 1c Build a status function allowing for easier access to the flags. This can be done using a bitfield which would allow for checking for multiple features at once
- SELECT(7), TABLE(7), WITH(7)
- retrieve rows from a table or view
- SG_View(3)
- Agar-SG scene rendering widget
- SK_View(3)
- Editor/display widget for Agar dimensioned 2D sketches
- SPI_cursor_open(3)
- set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
- SPI_cursor_open_with_args(3)
- set up a cursor using a query and parameters
- SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(3)
- set up a cursor using parameters
- SPI_execute_extended(3)
- execute a command with out-of-line parameters
- SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(3)
- execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
- SPI_execute_with_args(3)
- execute a command with out-of-line parameters
- SPI_is_cursor_plan(3)
- return true if a statement prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with SPI_cursor_open
- SPI_prepare(3)
- prepare a statement, without executing it yet
- SPI_prepare_cursor(3)
- prepare a statement, without executing it yet
- SPI_prepare_extended(3)
- prepare a statement, without executing it yet
- SPI_prepare_params(3)
- prepare a statement, without executing it yet
- SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(3), SSL_set_session_id_context(3)
- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
- SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(3ossl), SSL_set_session_id_context(3ossl)
- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
- SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(3), SSL_SESSION_set_cipher(3)
- set and retrieve the SSL cipher associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_set_cipher(3ossl)
- set and retrieve the SSL cipher associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_hostname(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_hostname(3), SSL_SESSION_get0_alpn_selected(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_alpn_selected(3)
- get and set SNI and ALPN data associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_hostname(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_set1_hostname(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_get0_alpn_selected(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_set1_alpn_selected(3ossl)
- get and set SNI and ALPN data associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(3), SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(3)
- get and set the SSL ID context associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(3ossl)
- get and set the SSL ID context associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(3), SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(3)
- get details about the ticket associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(3ossl), SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(3ossl)
- get details about the ticket associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(3)
- get details about the compression associated with a session
- SSL_SESSION_get_compress_id(3ossl)
- get details about the compression associated with a session
- SSL_connect(3)
- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
- SSL_connect(3ossl)
- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
- SSL_set_bio(3), SSL_set0_rbio(3), SSL_set0_wbio(3)
- connect the SSL object with a BIO
- SSL_set_bio(3ossl), SSL_set0_rbio(3ossl), SSL_set0_wbio(3ossl)
- connect the SSL object with a BIO
- SSL_set_fd(3), SSL_set_rfd(3), SSL_set_wfd(3)
- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
- SSL_set_fd(3ossl), SSL_set_rfd(3ossl), SSL_set_wfd(3ossl)
- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
- Shell(3)
- The Shell widget class "Shell" "widget class" "Shell"
- Smokeping_matchers_ExpLoss(3), Smokeping::matchers::ExpLoss(3)
- exponential weighting matcher for packet loss with RMON-like thresholds
- Smokeping_probes_FTPtransfer(3), Smokeping::probes::FTPtransfer(3)
- intrusive bandwidth probe
- Sound(1x)
- AfterStep module for playing sounds when windowing event occurs
- SoundEvents(1x)
- names for different windowing events
- Standards(7), XStandards(7)
- X Window System Standards and Specifications
- Sympa::DataSource::LDAP2(3Sympa)
- Data source based on LDAP with two-level search operations
- Sympa::LockedFile(3Sympa)
- Filehandle with locking
- TIFFDataWidth(3tiff)
- get the size of TIFF data types
- TIFFSetTagExtender(3tiff)
- register the merge function for user defined tags as an extender callback with libtiff
- TIFFmemory(3tiff)
- memory management-related functions for use with TIFF files
- TIFFsize(3tiff)
- return the size of various items associated with an open TIFF file
- Tcl_AllocStatBuf.tcl86(3), Tcl_FSRegister(3), Tcl_FSUnregister(3), Tcl_FSData(3), Tcl_FSMountsChanged(3), Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(3), Tcl_FSGetPathType(3), Tcl_FSCopyFile(3), Tcl_FSCopyDirectory(3), Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(3), Tcl_FSDeleteFile(3), Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory(3), Tcl_FSRenameFile(3), Tcl_FSListVolumes(3), Tcl_FSEvalFile(3), Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(3), Tcl_FSLoadFile(3), Tcl_FSUnloadFile(3), Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory(3), Tcl_FSLink(3), Tcl_FSLstat(3), Tcl_FSUtime(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(3), Tcl_FSStat(3), Tcl_FSAccess(3), Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_FSGetCwd(3), Tcl_FSChdir(3), Tcl_FSPathSeparator(3), Tcl_FSJoinPath(3), Tcl_FSSplitPath(3), Tcl_FSEqualPaths(3), Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(3), Tcl_FSJoinToPath(3), Tcl_FSConvertToPathType(3), Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(3), Tcl_FSGetTranslatedPath(3), Tcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath(3), Tcl_FSNewNativePath(3), Tcl_FSGetNativePath(3), Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo(3), Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetBlocksFromStat(3), Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetDeviceTypeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetFSDeviceFromStat(3), Tcl_GetFSInodeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetGroupIdFromStat(3), Tcl_GetLinkCountFromStat(3), Tcl_GetModeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetSizeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetUserIdFromStat(3), Tcl_AllocStatBuf(3)
- procedures to interact with any filesystem
- Tcl_AllocStatBuf.tcl90(3), Tcl_FSRegister(3), Tcl_FSUnregister(3), Tcl_FSData(3), Tcl_FSMountsChanged(3), Tcl_FSGetFileSystemForPath(3), Tcl_FSGetPathType(3), Tcl_FSCopyFile(3), Tcl_FSCopyDirectory(3), Tcl_FSCreateDirectory(3), Tcl_FSDeleteFile(3), Tcl_FSRemoveDirectory(3), Tcl_FSRenameFile(3), Tcl_FSListVolumes(3), Tcl_FSEvalFile(3), Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(3), Tcl_FSLoadFile(3), Tcl_FSUnloadFile(3), Tcl_FSMatchInDirectory(3), Tcl_FSLink(3), Tcl_FSLstat(3), Tcl_FSUtime(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrsGet(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrsSet(3), Tcl_FSFileAttrStrings(3), Tcl_FSStat(3), Tcl_FSAccess(3), Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_FSGetCwd(3), Tcl_FSChdir(3), Tcl_FSPathSeparator(3), Tcl_FSJoinPath(3), Tcl_FSSplitPath(3), Tcl_FSEqualPaths(3), Tcl_FSGetNormalizedPath(3), Tcl_FSJoinToPath(3), Tcl_FSConvertToPathType(3), Tcl_FSGetInternalRep(3), Tcl_FSGetTranslatedPath(3), Tcl_FSGetTranslatedStringPath(3), Tcl_FSNewNativePath(3), Tcl_FSGetNativePath(3), Tcl_FSFileSystemInfo(3), Tcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetBlocksFromStat(3), Tcl_GetChangeTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetDeviceTypeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetFSDeviceFromStat(3), Tcl_GetFSInodeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetGroupIdFromStat(3), Tcl_GetLinkCountFromStat(3), Tcl_GetModeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetModificationTimeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetSizeFromStat(3), Tcl_GetUserIdFromStat(3), Tcl_AllocStatBuf(3), Tcl_FSTildeExpand(3)
- procedures to interact with any filesystem
- Tcl_BadChannelOption.tcl86(3), Tcl_CreateChannel(3), Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(3), Tcl_GetChannelType(3), Tcl_GetChannelName(3), Tcl_GetChannelHandle(3), Tcl_GetChannelMode(3), Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize(3), Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize(3), Tcl_NotifyChannel(3), Tcl_BadChannelOption(3), Tcl_ChannelName(3), Tcl_ChannelVersion(3), Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc(3), Tcl_ChannelCloseProc(3), Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc(3), Tcl_ChannelInputProc(3), Tcl_ChannelOutputProc(3), Tcl_ChannelSeekProc(3), Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc(3), Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc(3), Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc(3), Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc(3), Tcl_ChannelWatchProc(3), Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc(3), Tcl_ChannelFlushProc(3), Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc(3), Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc(3), Tcl_IsChannelShared(3), Tcl_IsChannelRegistered(3), Tcl_CutChannel(3), Tcl_SpliceChannel(3), Tcl_IsChannelExisting(3), Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(3), Tcl_GetChannelThread(3), Tcl_ChannelBuffered(3)
- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
- Tcl_BadChannelOption.tcl90(3), Tcl_CreateChannel(3), Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(3), Tcl_GetChannelType(3), Tcl_GetChannelName(3), Tcl_GetChannelHandle(3), Tcl_GetChannelMode(3), Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize(3), Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize(3), Tcl_NotifyChannel(3), Tcl_BadChannelOption(3), Tcl_ChannelName(3), Tcl_ChannelVersion(3), Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc(3), Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc(3), Tcl_ChannelInputProc(3), Tcl_ChannelOutputProc(3), Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc(3), Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc(3), Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc(3), Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc(3), Tcl_ChannelWatchProc(3), Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc(3), Tcl_ChannelFlushProc(3), Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc(3), Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc(3), Tcl_IsChannelShared(3), Tcl_IsChannelRegistered(3), Tcl_CutChannel(3), Tcl_SpliceChannel(3), Tcl_IsChannelExisting(3), Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers(3), Tcl_GetChannelThread(3), Tcl_ChannelBuffered(3)
- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
- Tcl_ClassSetConstructor.tcl86(3), Tcl_ClassSetConstructor(3), Tcl_ClassSetDestructor(3), Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass(3), Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject(3), Tcl_MethodIsPublic(3), Tcl_MethodIsType(3), Tcl_MethodName(3), Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(3), Tcl_NewMethod(3), Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext(3), Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering(3), Tcl_ObjectContextMethod(3), Tcl_ObjectContextObject(3), Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(3)
- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
- Tcl_ClassSetConstructor.tcl90(3), Tcl_ClassSetConstructor(3), Tcl_ClassSetDestructor(3), Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass(3), Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject(3), Tcl_MethodIsPublic(3), Tcl_MethodIsPrivate(3), Tcl_MethodIsType(3), Tcl_MethodName(3), Tcl_NewInstanceMethod(3), Tcl_NewMethod(3), Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext(3), Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering(3), Tcl_ObjectContextMethod(3), Tcl_ObjectContextObject(3), Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs(3)
- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
- Tcl_CreateEncoding.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetEncoding(3), Tcl_FreeEncoding(3), Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj(3), Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(3), Tcl_ExternalToUtf(3), Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(3), Tcl_UtfToExternal(3), Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(3), Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(3), Tcl_GetEncodingName(3), Tcl_SetSystemEncoding(3), Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment(3), Tcl_GetEncodingNames(3), Tcl_CreateEncoding(3), Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath(3), Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath(3), Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir(3), Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir(3)
- procedures for creating and using encodings
- Tcl_CreateFileHandler.tcl86(3), Tcl_CreateFileHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(3)
- associate procedure callbacks with files or devices (Unix only)
- Tcl_CreateFileHandler.tcl90(3), Tcl_CreateFileHandler(3), Tcl_DeleteFileHandler(3)
- associate procedure callbacks with files or devices (Unix only)
- Tcl_DeleteAssocData.tcl86(3), Tcl_GetAssocData(3), Tcl_SetAssocData(3), Tcl_DeleteAssocData(3)
- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters
- Tcl_DeleteAssocData.tcl90(3), Tcl_GetAssocData(3), Tcl_SetAssocData(3), Tcl_DeleteAssocData(3)
- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters
- Tcl_ErrnoId.tcl90(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_GetErrno(3), Tcl_ErrnoId(3), Tcl_ErrnoMsg(3), Tcl_WinConvertError(3)
- manipulate errno to store and retrieve error codes
- Tcl_GetBignumFromObj.tcl86(3), Tcl_NewIntObj(3), Tcl_NewLongObj(3), Tcl_NewWideIntObj(3), Tcl_SetIntObj(3), Tcl_SetLongObj(3), Tcl_SetWideIntObj(3), Tcl_GetIntFromObj(3), Tcl_GetLongFromObj(3), Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(3), Tcl_NewBignumObj(3), Tcl_SetBignumObj(3), Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(3), Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(3)
- manipulate Tcl values as integers
- Tcl_GetBignumFromObj.tcl90(3), Tcl_NewIntObj(3), Tcl_NewLongObj(3), Tcl_NewWideIntObj(3), Tcl_NewWideUIntObj(3), Tcl_SetIntObj(3), Tcl_SetLongObj(3), Tcl_SetWideIntObj(3), Tcl_SetWideUIntObj(3), Tcl_GetIntFromObj(3), Tcl_GetIntForIndex(3), Tcl_GetLongFromObj(3), Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(3), Tcl_GetWideUIntFromObj(3), Tcl_NewBignumObj(3), Tcl_SetBignumObj(3), Tcl_GetBignumFromObj(3), Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj(3)
- manipulate Tcl values as integers
- Tcl_StandardChannels.tcl86(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
- How the Tcl library deals with the standard channels
- Tcl_StandardChannels.tcl90(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
- How the Tcl library deals with the standard channels
- Tcl_TranslateFileName.tcl86(3), Tcl_TranslateFileName(3)
- convert file name to native form and replace tilde with home directory
- Thread(3o)
- Lightweight threads for Posix 1003.1c and Win32
- Tk_3DBorderColor.tk86(3), Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj(3), Tk_Get3DBorder(3), Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(3), Tk_Draw3DRectangle(3), Tk_Fill3DRectangle(3), Tk_Draw3DPolygon(3), Tk_Fill3DPolygon(3), Tk_3DVerticalBevel(3), Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(3), Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(3), Tk_NameOf3DBorder(3), Tk_3DBorderColor(3), Tk_3DBorderGC(3), Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(3), Tk_Free3DBorder(3)
- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance
- Tk_AttachHWND.tk86(3), Tk_GetHWND(3), Tk_AttachHWND(3)
- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window
- Tk_Attributes.tk86(3), Tk_WindowId(3), Tk_Parent(3), Tk_Display(3), Tk_DisplayName(3), Tk_ScreenNumber(3), Tk_Screen(3), Tk_X(3), Tk_Y(3), Tk_Width(3), Tk_Height(3), Tk_Changes(3), Tk_Attributes(3), Tk_IsContainer(3), Tk_IsEmbedded(3), Tk_IsMapped(3), Tk_IsTopLevel(3), Tk_ReqWidth(3), Tk_ReqHeight(3), Tk_MinReqWidth(3), Tk_MinReqHeight(3), Tk_InternalBorderLeft(3), Tk_InternalBorderRight(3), Tk_InternalBorderTop(3), Tk_InternalBorderBottom(3), Tk_Visual(3), Tk_Depth(3), Tk_Colormap(3), Tk_Interp (3)
- retrieve information from Tk's local data structure
- Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords.tk86(3), Tk_CanvasTkwin(3), Tk_CanvasGetCoord(3), Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(3), Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(3), Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(3), Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(3), Tk_CanvasTagsOption(3)
- utility procedures for canvas type managers
- Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes.tk86(3), Tk_ConfigureWindow(3), Tk_MoveWindow(3), Tk_ResizeWindow(3), Tk_MoveResizeWindow(3), Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth(3), Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(3), Tk_SetWindowBackground(3), Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap(3), Tk_SetWindowBorder(3), Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap(3), Tk_SetWindowColormap(3), Tk_DefineCursor(3), Tk_UndefineCursor(3)
- change window configuration or attributes
- Tk_Class.tk86(3), Tk_SetClass(3), Tk_Class(3)
- set or retrieve a window's class
- Tk_CollapseMotionEvents.tk86(3), Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(3), Tk_QueueWindowEvent(3)
- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue
- Tk_ConfigureInfo.tk86(3), Tk_ConfigureWidget(3), Tk_ConfigureInfo(3), Tk_ConfigureValue(3), Tk_FreeOptions(3)
- process configuration options for widgets
- Tk_CoordsToWindow.tk86(3), Tk_CoordsToWindow(3)
- Find window containing a point
- Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler.tk86(3), Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler(3), Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler(3)
- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
- Tk_CreateEventHandler.tk86(3), Tk_CreateEventHandler(3), Tk_DeleteEventHandler(3)
- associate procedure callback with an X event
- Tk_CreateGenericHandler.tk86(3), Tk_CreateGenericHandler(3), Tk_DeleteGenericHandler(3)
- associate procedure callback with all X events
- Tk_CreateWindow.tk86(3), Tk_CreateWindow(3), Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(3), Tk_DestroyWindow(3), Tk_MakeWindowExist(3)
- create or delete window
- Tk_DrawFocusHighlight.tk86(3), Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(3)
- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget
- Tk_FreeImage.tk86(3), Tk_GetImage(3), Tk_RedrawImage(3), Tk_SizeOfImage(3), Tk_FreeImage(3)
- use an image in a widget
- Tk_GeometryRequest.tk86(3), Tk_GeometryRequest(3), Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(3), Tk_SetInternalBorder(3), Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(3)
- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window
- Tk_GetNumMainWindows.tk86(3), Tk_MainWindow(3), Tk_GetNumMainWindows(3)
- functions for querying main window information
- Tk_GetRootCoords.tk86(3), Tk_GetRootCoords(3)
- Compute root-window coordinates of window
- Tk_GetVRootGeometry.tk86(3), Tk_GetVRootGeometry(3)
- Get location and size of virtual root for window
- Tk_HWNDToWindow.tk86(3), Tk_HWNDToWindow(3)
- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window
- Tk_HandleEvent.tk86(3), Tk_HandleEvent(3)
- invoke event handlers for window system events
- Tk_IdToWindow.tk86(3), Tk_IdToWindow(3)
- Find Tk's window information for an X window
- Tk_ImageChanged.tk86(3), Tk_ImageChanged(3)
- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn
- Tk_MainLoop.tk86(3), Tk_MainLoop(3)
- loop for events until all windows are deleted
- Tk_MaintainGeometry.tk86(3), Tk_MaintainGeometry(3), Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(3)
- maintain geometry of one window relative to another
- Tk_ManageGeometry.tk86(3), Tk_ManageGeometry(3)
- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window
- Tk_MapWindow.tk86(3), Tk_MapWindow(3), Tk_UnmapWindow(3)
- map or unmap a window
- Tk_MoveToplevelWindow.tk86(3), Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(3)
- Adjust the position of a top-level window
- Tk_Name.tk86(3), Tk_Name(3), Tk_PathName(3), Tk_NameToWindow(3)
- convert between names and window tokens
- Tk_OwnSelection.tk86(3), Tk_OwnSelection(3)
- make a window the owner of the primary selection
- Tk_RestackWindow.tk86(3), Tk_RestackWindow(3)
- Change a window's position in the stacking order
- Tk_SetClassProcs.tk86(3), Tk_SetClassProcs(3)
- register widget specific procedures
- Tk_SetWindowVisual.tk86(3), Tk_SetWindowVisual(3)
- change visual characteristics of window
- TopLevelShell(3)
- The TopLevelShell widget class "TopLevelShell" "widget class" "TopLevelShell"
- Toplevel(n)
- base class for mega-widgets in a top-level window
- TransientShell(3)
- The TransientShell widget class "TransientShell" "widget class" "TransientShell"
- Tspi_Context_CloseObject(3)
- destroy resources associated with an object handle
- Tspi_Context_GetTpmObject(3), Context_GetTpmObject(3)
- get the handle of the TPM object associated with a context
- Tspi_GetAttribUint32(3)
- get the value of particular attribute associated with a given class or object
- Tspi_Hash_Sign(3)
- sign the hash data of an object with a signing key
- Tspi_Hash_VerifySignature(3)
- verify the hash value with a given signature
- Tspi_Key_CreateKey(3)
- create a key pair within the TPM, wrapping it with the key addressed by hWrappingKey
- Tspi_Key_WrapKey(3)
- wrap a key with the key addressed by hWrappingKey
- Tspi_SetAttribUint32(3)
- set a 32bit attribute associated with a given class or object
- Tspi_TPM_Quote2(3)
- retreive a signed set of PCR values with a more complete view than Tspi_TPM_Quote
- Tss2_TctiLdr_GetInfo(3)
- Query TctiLdr library for the TSS2_TCTI_INFO structure associated with a TCTI library
- UPower(7)
- System-wide Power Management
- UVI(3), Moisture(3), Barometer(3), HUB(3)
- HobbyBoards EE/EF Microprocessor-based slaves: Ultra Violet (UV) Index sensor, Soil and Leaf moisture measurements, Barometer, 4-channel hub with switchable branches
- Uil(3)
- Invokes the UIL compiler from within an application "Uil" "uil functions" "Uil" "uil compiler"
- UnNamedObj(3)
- widget from X tookit
- VG_View(3)
- agar VG visualization widget
- VendorShell(3)
- The VendorShell widget class "VendorShell" "widget class" "VendorShell"
- WML(5)
- The widget meta-language file format for creating uil compilers "widget meta-language" "WML"
- WMShell(3)
- The WMShell widget class "WMShell" "widget class" "WMShell"
- WMShell(3)
- window-manager shell widget from the X toolkit
- WMmp(1)
- A dockapp to interface with mpd
- WPrefs(1)
- Window Maker configuration tool
- Widget(n)
- base class for mega-widgets within a frame
- WildMidi_ClearError(3)
- Clear errors
- WildMidi_Close(3)
- Close an open midi handle
- WildMidi_ConvertBufferToMidi(3)
- Convert a MIDI-like buffer into a new MIDI buffer
- WildMidi_ConvertToMidi(3)
- Convert a MIDI-like file into a new MIDI file
- WildMidi_FastSeek(3)
- Move to a position in a midi file
- WildMidi_GetError(3)
- Return the last error message
- WildMidi_GetInfo(3)
- get information on a midi
- WildMidi_GetLyric(3)
- get lyrics of a midi
- WildMidi_GetMidiOutput(3)
- get a midi file of a file being processed
- WildMidi_GetOutput(3)
- retrieve raw audio data
- WildMidi_GetString(3)
- Get string from library
- WildMidi_GetVersion(3)
- Get the library version
- WildMidi_Init(3)
- Initialize the library
- WildMidi_MasterVolume(3)
- sets the overall audio level of the library
- WildMidi_Open(3)
- Open a midi file for processing
- WildMidi_OpenBuffer(3)
- Open a midi file buffer for processing
- WildMidi_SetCvtOption(3)
- Set a conversion option for a specific midi
- WildMidi_SetOption(3)
- Set a library option for a specific midi
- WildMidi_Shutdown(3)
- Shutdown the library
- WildMidi_SongSeek(3)
- Move to next song
- WinCommand(1x)
- AfterStep module for choosing and manipulating windows based on patterns
- WinList(1x)
- AfterStep module displaying list of opened windows
- WinTabs(1x)
- AfterStep module for arranging windows using tabs
- X(7)
- a portable, network-transparent window system
- X509_check_private_key(3), X509_REQ_check_private_key(3)
- check the consistency of a private key with the public key in an X509 certificate or certificate request
- X509_check_private_key(3ossl), X509_REQ_check_private_key(3ossl)
- check the consistency of a private key with the public key in an X509 certificate or certificate request
- XAllocClassHint(3), XSetClassHint(3), XGetClassHint(3), XClassHint(3)
- allocate class hints structure and set or read a window's WM_CLASS property
- XAllocIconSize(3), XSetIconSizes(3), XGetIconSizes(3), XIconSize(3)
- allocate icon size structure and set or read a window's WM_ICON_SIZES property
- XAllocSizeHints(3), XSetWMNormalHints(3), XGetWMNormalHints(3), XSetWMSizeHints(3), XGetWMSizeHints(3), XSizeHints(3)
- allocate size hints structure and set or read a window's WM_NORMAL_HINTS property
- XAllocWMHints(3), XSetWMHints(3), XGetWMHints(3), XWMHints(3)
- allocate window manager hints structure and set or read a window's WM_HINTS property
- XChangeWindowAttributes(3), XSetWindowBackground(3), XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(3), XSetWindowBorder(3), XSetWindowBorderPixmap(3), XSetWindowColormap(3)
- change window attributes
- XClearArea(3), XClearWindow(3)
- clear area or window
- XConfigureWindow(3), XMoveWindow(3), XResizeWindow(3), XMoveResizeWindow(3), XSetWindowBorderWidth(3), XWindowChanges(3)
- configure windows and window changes structure
- XCreateFontSet(3), XFreeFontSet(3)
- create and free an international text drawing font set
- XCreateWindow(3), XCreateSimpleWindow(3), XSetWindowAttributes(3)
- create windows and window attributes structure
- XCreateWindowEvent(3)
- CreateNotify event structure
- XDestroyWindow(3), XDestroySubwindows(3)
- destroy windows
- XDestroyWindowEvent(3)
- DestroyNotify event structure
- XDrawImageString(3), XDrawImageString16(3)
- draw image text
- XDrawText(3), XDrawText16(3), XTextItem(3), XTextItem16(3)
- draw polytext text and text drawing structures
- XF86VidModeQueryExtension(3), XF86VidModeQueryVersion(3), XF86VidModeSetClientVersion(3), XF86VidModeGetModeLine(3), XF86VidModeGetAllModeLines(3), XF86VidModeAddModeLine(3), XF86VidModeDeleteModeLine(3), XF86VidModeModModeLine(3), XF86VidModeValidateModeLine(3), XF86VidModeSwitchMode(3), XF86VidModeSwitchToMode(3), XF86VidModeLockModeSwitch(3), XF86VidModeGetMonitor(3), XF86VidModeGetViewPort(3), XF86VidModeSetViewPort(3), XF86VidModeGetDotClocks(3), XF86VidModeGetGamma(3), XF86VidModeSetGamma(3), XF86VidModeGetGammaRamp(3), XF86VidModeSetGammaRamp(3), XF86VidModeGetGammaRampSize(3), XF86VidModeGetPermissions(3)
- Extension library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension
- XFontsOfFontSet(3), XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet(3), XLocaleOfFontSet(3), XContextDependentDrawing(3), XContextualDrawing(3), XDirectionalDependentDrawing(3)
- obtain fontset information
- XGetWindowAttributes(3), XGetGeometry(3), XWindowAttributes(3)
- get current window attribute or geometry and current window attributes structure
- XGetWindowProperty(3), XListProperties(3), XChangeProperty(3), XRotateWindowProperties(3), XDeleteProperty(3)
- obtain and change window properties
- XIGrabButton(3), XIUngrabButton(3), XIGrabKeycode(3), XIUngrabKeycode(3), XIGrabTouchBegin(3), XIUngrabTouchBegin(3), XIGrabPinchGestureBegin(3), XIUngrabPinchGestureBegin(3), XIGrabSwipeGestureBegin(3)
- grab/ungrab buttons or keys
- XISelectEvents(3), XIGetSelectedEvents(3)
- select for or get selected XI2 events on the window
- XIconifyWindow(3), XWithdrawWindow(3), XReconfigureWMWindow(3)
- manipulate top-level windows
- XIfEvent(3), XCheckIfEvent(3), XPeekIfEvent(3)
- check the event queue with a predicate procedure
- XIntersectRegion(3), XUnionRegion(3), XUnionRectWithRegion(3), XSubtractRegion(3), XXorRegion(3), XOffsetRegion(3), XShrinkRegion(3)
- region arithmetic
- XListFonts(3), XFreeFontNames(3), XListFontsWithInfo(3), XFreeFontInfo(3)
- obtain or free font names and information
- XMapWindow(3), XMapRaised(3), XMapSubwindows(3)
- map windows
- XNextEvent(3), XPeekEvent(3), XWindowEvent(3), XCheckWindowEvent(3), XMaskEvent(3), XCheckMaskEvent(3), XCheckTypedEvent(3), XCheckTypedWindowEvent(3)
- select events by type
- XParseGeometry(3), XWMGeometry(3)
- parse window geometry
- XQueryTree(3)
- query window tree information
- XRaiseWindow(3), XLowerWindow(3), XCirculateSubwindows(3), XCirculateSubwindowsUp(3), XCirculateSubwindowsDown(3), XRestackWindows(3)
- change window stacking order
- XReparentWindow(3)
- reparent windows
- XSetArcMode(3), XSetSubwindowMode(3), XSetGraphicsExposure(3)
- GC convenience routines
- XSetCommand(3), XGetCommand(3)
- set or read a window's WM_COMMAND property
- XSetSelectionOwner(3), XGetSelectionOwner(3), XConvertSelection(3)
- manipulate window selection
- XSetTransientForHint(3), XGetTransientForHint(3)
- set or read a window's WM_TRANSIENT_FOR property
- XSetWMClientMachine(3), XGetWMClientMachine(3)
- set or read a window's WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property
- XSetWMColormapWindows(3), XGetWMColormapWindows(3)
- set or read a window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
- XSetWMIconName(3), XGetWMIconName(3), XSetIconName(3), XGetIconName(3)
- set or read a window's WM_ICON_NAME property
- XSetWMName(3), XGetWMName(3), XStoreName(3), XFetchName(3)
- set or read a window's WM_NAME property
- XSetWMProperties(3), XmbSetWMProperties(3), Xutf8SetWMProperties(3)
- set standard window properties
- XSetWMProtocols(3), XGetWMProtocols(3)
- set or read a window's WM_PROTOCOLS property
- XTestQueryExtension(3), XTestCompareCursorWithWindow(3), XTestCompareCurrentCursorWithWindow(3), XTestFakeKeyEvent(3), XTestFakeButtonEvent(3), XTestFakeMotionEvent(3), XTestFakeRelativeMotionEvent(3), XTestGrabControl(3), XTestSetGContextOfGC(3), XTestSetVisualIDOfVisual(3), XTestDiscard(3)
- XTest extension functions
- XTextWidth(3), XTextWidth16(3)
- compute text width
- XTranslateCoordinates(3)
- translate window coordinates
- XUnmapWindow(3), XUnmapSubwindows(3)
- unmap windows
- Xaw(3)
- X Athena Widgets
- XbaeCaption(3)
- The Bellcore Application Environment (BAE) XbaeCaption widget class
- XbaeInput(3)
- The Input widget class
- XbaeMatrix(3)
- The Bellcore Application Environment (BAE) XbaeMatrix widget class
- Xdialog(1)
- (c)dialog replacement for X-Windows
- Xephyr(1)
- X server outputting to a window on a pre-existing X display
- XkbBellEvent(3)
- Provides a function that initiates a bell event for the keyboard without ringing the bell
- XkbChangeDeviceInfo(3)
- Update the server's description of a device with the changes noted in an XkbDeviceChangesRec
- XkbDeviceBellEvent(3)
- Creates a bell event for an X input extension device or for the keyboard, without ringing the corresponding bell
- XkbGetControlsChanges(3)
- Updates a local copy of a keyboard description with the changes previously noted by one or more calls to XkbNoteControlsChanges
- XkbGetDeviceButtonActions(3)
- Query the button actions associated with an X Input Extension device
- XkbGetDeviceInfoChanges(3)
- Query the changes that have occurred in the button actions or indicator names and indicator maps associated with an input extension device
- XkbGetDeviceLedInfo(3)
- Query the indicator names, maps, and state associated with an LED feedback of an input extension device
- XkbGetMap(3)
- Allocate an XkbDescRec structure and populate it with the server's keyboard client map and server map
- XkbKeyActionEntry(3)
- Returns a pointer to the key action corresponding to group grp and shift level lvl from the two-dimensional table of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyActionsPtr(3)
- Returns a pointer to the two-dimensional array of key actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyGroupWidth(3)
- Computes the width of the type associated with the group grp for the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyGroupsWidth(3)
- Computes the maximum width associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbKeyHasActions(3)
- Determines if the key corresponding to keycode has any actions associated with it
- XkbKeyNumActions(3)
- Computes the number of actions associated with the key corresponding to keycode
- XkbLookupKeySym(3)
- Find the symbol associated with a key for a particular state
- XkbSetIndicatorMap(3)
- Downloads the changes to the server based on modifications to a local copy of the keyboard description which will update the maps for one or more indicators
- XkbTranslateKeySym(3)
- Find the string and symbol associated with a keysym for a given keyboard state
- XmAddTabGroup(3)
- A function that adds a manager or a primitive widget to the list of tab groups "XmAddTabGroup" "VendorShell functions" "XmAddTabGroup" "protocols"
- XmAddToPostFromList(3)
- a RowColumn function that makes a menu accessible from more than one widget "XmAddToPostFromList" "RowColumn functions" "XmAddToPostFromList"
- XmArrowButton(3)
- The ArrowButton widget class "XmArrowButton" "widget class" "ArrowButton"
- XmArrowButtonGadget(3)
- The ArrowButtonGadget widget class "XmArrowButtonGadget" "widget class" "ArrowButtonGadget"
- XmBulletinBoard(3)
- The BulletinBoard widget class "XmBulletinBoard" "widget class" "BulletinBoard"
- XmCascadeButton(3)
- The CascadeButton widget class "XmCascadeButton" "widget class" "CascadeButton"
- XmCascadeButtonGadget(3)
- The CascadeButtonGadget widget class "XmCascadeButtonGadget" "widget class" "CascadeButtonGadget"
- XmChangeColor(3)
- Recalculates all associated colors of a widget "XmChangeColor" "Color functions" "XmChangeColor"
- XmClipboard(3)
- Motif-compatible clipboard widget
- XmClipboardWithdrawFormat(3)
- A clipboard function that indicates that the application no longer wants to supply a data item "XmClipboardWithdrawFormat" "clipboard functions" "XmClipboardWithdrawFormat"
- XmColorSelector(3), The(3)
- Color Selector widget
- XmColumn(3)
- The XmColumn widget class "XmColumn" "widget class" "Column"
- XmComboBox(3)
- The ComboBox widget class "XmComboBox" "widget class" "ComboBox"
- XmComboBoxAddItem(3)
- add an item to the ComboBox widget
- XmCommand(3)
- The Command widget class "XmCommand" "widget class" "Command"
- XmCommandAppendValue(3)
- A Command function that appends the passed XmString to the end of the string displayed in the command area of the widget "XmCommandAppendValue" "Command functions" "XmCommandAppendValue"
- XmContainer(3)
- The Container widget class "XmContainer" "container" "Container"
- XmContainerCopy(3)
- Container widget function to copy primary selection to the clipboard "XmContainerCopy" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerCopyLink(3)
- Container widget function to copy links to the clipboard "XmContainerCopyLink" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerCut(3)
- Container widget function to move items to the clipboard "XmContainerCut" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerGetItemChildren(3)
- Container widget function to find all children of an item "XmContainerGetItemChildren" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerPaste(3)
- Container widget function to insert items from the clipboard "XmContainerPaste" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerPasteLink(3)
- Container widget function to insert links from the clipboard "XmContainerPasteLink" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerRelayout(3)
- Container widget relayout function "XmContainerRelayout" "XmContainer"
- XmContainerReorder(3)
- Container widget function to reorder children "XmContainerReorder" "XmContainer"
- XmCreateArrowButton(3)
- The ArrowButton widget creation function "XmCreateArrowButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateArrowButton"
- XmCreateBulletinBoard(3)
- The BulletinBoard widget creation function "XmCreateBulletinBoard" "creation functions" "XmCreateBulletinBoard"
- XmCreateButtonBox(3)
- The ButtonBox widget creation function "XmCreateButtonBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateButtonBox"
- XmCreateCascadeButton(3)
- The CascadeButton widget creation function "XmCreateCascadeButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateCascadeButton"
- XmCreateCombinationBox2(3)
- The CombinationBox2 widget creation function "XmCreateCombinationBox2" "creation functions" "XmCreateCombinationBox2"
- XmCreateComboBox(3)
- The default ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateCommand(3)
- The Command widget creation function "XmCreateCommand" "creation functions" "XmCreateCommand"
- XmCreateContainer(3)
- The Container widget creation function "XmCreateContainer" "creation functions" "XmCreateContainer"
- XmCreateDialogShell(3)
- The DialogShell widget creation function "XmCreateDialogShell" "creation functions" "XmCreateDialogShell"
- XmCreateDragIcon(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that creates a DragIcon widget "XmCreateDragIcon" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmCreateDragIcon" "creation functions" "XmCreateDragIcon"
- XmCreateDrawingArea(3)
- The DrawingArea widget creation function "XmCreateDrawingArea" "creation functions" "XmCreateDrawingArea"
- XmCreateDrawnButton(3)
- The DrawnButton widget creation function "XmCreateDrawnButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateDrawnButton"
- XmCreateDropDown(3)
- The default DropDown widget creation function
- XmCreateDropDownComboBox(3)
- The Drop-down ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateDropDownList(3)
- The Drop-down list ComboBox widget creation function
- XmCreateFileSelectionBox(3)
- The FileSelectionBox widget creation function "XmCreateFileSelection%Box" "creation functions" "XmCreateFileSelection%Box"
- XmCreateForm(3)
- The Form widget creation function "XmCreateForm" "creation functions" "XmCreateForm"
- XmCreateFrame(3)
- The Frame widget creation function "XmCreateFrame" "creation functions" "XmCreateFrame"
- XmCreateHierarchy(3)
- The Hierarchy widget creation function "XmCreateHierarchy" "creation functions" "XmCreateHierarchy"
- XmCreateIconGadget(3)
- The IconGadget widget creation function "XmCreateIconGadget" "creation functions" "XmCreateIconGadget"
- XmCreateLabel(3)
- The Label widget creation function "XmCreateLabel" "creation functions" "XmCreateLabel"
- XmCreateList(3)
- The List widget creation function "XmCreateList" "creation functions" "XmCreateList"
- XmCreateMainWindow(3)
- The MainWindow widget creation function "XmCreateMainWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreateMainWindow"
- XmCreateMenuBar(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateMenuBar" "creation functions" "XmCreateMenuBar"
- XmCreateMenuShell(3)
- The MenuShell widget creation function "XmCreateMenuShell" "creation functions" "XmCreateMenuShell"
- XmCreateMessageBox(3)
- The MessageBox widget creation function "XmCreateMessageBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateMessageBox"
- XmCreateNotebook(3)
- The Notebook widget creation function "XmCreateNotebook" "Notebook functions" "XmCreateNotebook"
- XmCreateOptionMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateOptionMenu" "creation functions" "XmCreateOptionMenu"
- XmCreateOutline(3)
- The Outline widget creation function "XmCreateOutline" "creation functions" "XmCreateOutline"
- XmCreatePanedWindow(3)
- The PanedWindow widget creation function "XmCreatePanedWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreatePanedWindow"
- XmCreatePopupMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreatePopupMenu" "creation functions" "XmCreatePopupMenu"
- XmCreatePulldownMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreatePulldownMenu" "creation functions" "XmCreatePulldownMenu"
- XmCreatePushButton(3)
- The PushButton widget creation function "XmCreatePushButton" "creation functions" "XmCreatePushButton"
- XmCreateRadioBox(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateRadioBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateRadioBox"
- XmCreateRowColumn(3)
- The RowColumn widget creation function "XmCreateRowColumn" "creation functions" "XmCreateRowColumn"
- XmCreateScale(3)
- The Scale widget creation function "XmCreateScale" "creation functions" "XmCreateScale"
- XmCreateScrollBar(3)
- The ScrollBar widget creation function "XmCreateScrollBar" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrollBar"
- XmCreateScrolledWindow(3)
- The ScrolledWindow widget creation function "XmCreateScrolledWindow" "creation functions" "XmCreateScrolledWindow"
- XmCreateSelectionBox(3)
- The SelectionBox widget creation function "XmCreateSelectionBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateSelectionBox"
- XmCreateSeparator(3)
- The Separator widget creation function "XmCreateSeparator" "creation functions" "XmCreateSeparator"
- XmCreateSimpleCheckBox(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimpleCheckBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimpleCheckBox"
- XmCreateSimpleMenuBar(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimpleMenuBar" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimpleMenuBar"
- XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimpleOptionMenu"
- XmCreateSimplePopupMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimplePopupMenu" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimplePopupMenu"
- XmCreateSimplePulldownMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimplePulldown%Menu" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimplePulldown%Menu"
- XmCreateSimpleRadioBox(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmCreateSimpleRadioBox" "creation functions" "XmCreateSimpleRadioBox"
- XmCreateSimpleSpinBox(3)
- the SimpleSpinBox widget creation function
- XmCreateText(3)
- The Text widget creation function "XmCreateText" "creation functions" "XmCreateText"
- XmCreateTextField(3)
- The TextField widget creation function "XmCreateTextField" "creation functions" "XmCreateTextField"
- XmCreateToggleButton(3)
- The ToggleButton widget creation function "XmCreateToggleButton" "creation functions" "XmCreateToggleButton"
- XmDataField(3)
- The DataField widget class
- XmDataFieldGetStringWcs(3)
- A DataField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a DataField widget "XmDataFieldGetStringWcs" "DataField functions" "XmDataFieldGetStringWcs"
- XmDeactivateProtocol(3)
- A VendorShell function that deactivates a protocol without removing it "XmDeactivateProtocol" "protocols" "VendorShell functions" "XmDeactivateProtocol"
- XmDeactivateWMProtocol(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that deactivates a protocol without removing it "protocols" "XmDeactivateWMProtocol" "VendorShell functions" "XmDeactivateWMProtocol"
- XmDesktop(3)
- Motif-compatible desktop widget
- XmDialogShell(3)
- The DialogShell widget class "XmDialogShell" "widget class" "DialogShell"
- XmDirection(3)
- Data type for the direction of widget components "XmDirection" "data types" "XmDirection"
- XmDisplay(3)
- The Display widget class "XmDisplay" "widget class" "XmDisplay"
- XmDragContext(3)
- The DragContext widget class "XmDragContext" "widget class" "DragContext"
- XmDragIcon(3)
- The DragIcon widget class "XmDragIcon" "widget class" "DragIcon"
- XmDragOverShell(3)
- Motif-compatible DragOverShell widget
- XmDrawingArea(3)
- The DrawingArea widget class "XmDrawingArea" "widget class" "DrawingArea"
- XmDrawnButton(3)
- The DrawnButton widget class "XmDrawnButton" "widget class" "DrawnButton"
- XmDropDown(3)
- The DropDown widget class
- XmDropSiteConfigureStackingOrder(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that reorders a stack of widgets that are registered drop sites "XmDropSiteConfigureStack%ingOrder" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmDropSiteConfigureStack%ingOrder"
- XmDropSiteManager(3)
- Motif-compatible support widget for drag'n'drop
- XmDropSiteQueryStackingOrder(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that returns the parent, a list of children, and the number of children for a specified widget "XmDropSiteQueryStacking%Order" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmDropSiteQueryStacking%Order"
- XmDropTransfer(3)
- The DropTransfer widget class "XmDropSite" "widget class" "DropTransfer"
- XmExt18List(3), The(3)
- Internationalized Extended List widget
- XmFileSelectionBox(3)
- The FileSelectionBox widget class "XmFileSelectionBox" "widget class" "FileSelectionBox"
- XmFontSelector(3), The(3)
- Font Selector widget
- XmForm(3)
- The Form widget class "XmForm" "widget class" "Form"
- XmFrame(3)
- The Frame widget class "XmFrame" "widget class" "Frame"
- XmGadget(3)
- The Gadget widget class "XmGadget" "widget class" "Gadget"
- XmGetDestination(3)
- A function that returns the widget ID of the widget to be used as the current destination for quick paste and certain clipboard operations "XmGetDestination"
- XmGetDragContext(3)
- A Drag and Drop function that retrieves the DragContext widget ID associated with a timestamp "XmGetDragContext" "Drag and Drop functions" "XmGetDragContext"
- XmGetFocusWidget(3)
- Returns the ID of the widget that has keyboard focus "XmGetFocusWidget" "traversal functions" "XmGetFocusWidget"
- XmGetPostedFromWidget(3)
- A RowColumn function that returns the widget from which a menu was posted "XmGetPostedFromWidget" "RowColumn functions" "XmGetPostedFromWidget"
- XmGetSecondaryResourceData(3)
- A function that provides access to secondary widget resource data "XmGetSecondaryResourceData"
- XmGetTabGroup(3)
- Returns the widget ID of a tab group "XmGetTabGroup" "traversal functions" "XmGetTabGroup"
- XmGetTearOffControl(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the tear-off control in a menu "XmGetTearOffControl" "RowColumn functions" "XmGetTearOffControl"
- XmGetVisibility(3)
- A function that determines if a widget is visible "XmGetVisibility"
- XmGrabShell(3)
- Motif-compatible popup shell widget which grabs the keyboard and pointer
- XmHierarchy(3)
- The Hierarchy widget class "XmHierarchy" "Hierarchy" "hierarchy"
- XmIconBox(3)
- The IconBox widget class
- XmIconButton(3), The(3)
- Icon Button widget
- XmIconGadget(3)
- The IconGadget widget class "XmIconGadget" "iconGadget" "IconGadget"
- XmImCloseXIM(3)
- An input manager function that releases the input method associated with a specified widget "XmImCloseXIM" "input manager functions" "XmImCloseXIM"
- XmImFreeXIC(3)
- An input manager function that unregisters widgets for an XIC "XmImFreeXIC" "input manager functions" "XmImFreeXIC"
- XmImGetXIC(3)
- An input manager function that obtains an XIC for a widget "XmImGetXIC" "input manager functions" "XmImGetXIC"
- XmImGetXIM(3)
- An input manager function that retrieves the input method associated with a specified widget "XmImGetXIM" "input manager functions" "XmImGetXIM"
- XmImMbResetIC(3)
- An input manager function that resets the input context for a widget
- XmImRegister(3)
- An input manager function that registers a widget with an input manager "XmImRegister" "input manager functions" "XmImRegister"
- XmImSetFocusValues(3)
- An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes "XmImSetFocusValues" "input manager functions" "XmImSetFocusValues"
- XmImSetXIC(3)
- An input manager function that registers an existing XIC with a widget "XmImSetXIC" "input manager functions" "XmImSetXIC"
- XmImUnregister(3)
- An input manager function that removes a widget from association with its input manager "XmImUnregister" "input manager functions" "XmImUnregister"
- XmImUnsetFocus(3)
- An input manager function that notifies an input method that a widget has lost input focus "XmImUnsetFocus" "input manager functions" "XmImUnsetFocus"
- XmImVaSetFocusValues(3)
- An input manager function that notifies an input manager that a widget has received input focus and updates the input context attributes "XmImVaSetFocusValues" "input manager functions" "XmImVaSetFocusValues"
- XmIsMotifWMRunning(3)
- A function that determines whether the window manager is running "XmIsMotifWMRunning"
- XmIsTraversable(3)
- A function that identifies whether a widget can be traversed "XmIsTraversable"
- XmLabel(3)
- The Label widget class "XmLabel" "widget class" "Label"
- XmLabelGadget(3)
- The LabelGadget widget class "XmLabelGadget" "widget class" "LabelGadget"
- XmList(3)
- The List widget class "XmList" "widget class" "List"
- XmListReplaceItemsPosUnselected(3)
- A List function that replaces items in a list without selecting the replacement items "XmListReplaceItemsPosUn%selected" "List functions" "XmListReplaceItemsPosUn%selected"
- XmMainWindow(3)
- The MainWindow widget class "XmMainWindow" "widget class" "MainWindow"
- XmMainWindowSep1(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the first Separator "XmMainWindowSep1" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep1"
- XmMainWindowSep2(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the second Separator widget "XmMainWindowSep2" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep2"
- XmMainWindowSep3(3)
- A MainWindow function that returns the widget ID of the third Separator widget "XmMainWindowSep3" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSep3"
- XmMainWindowSetAreas(3)
- A MainWindow function that identifies manageable children for each area "XmMainWindowSetAreas" "MainWindow functions" "XmMainWindowSetAreas"
- XmManager(3)
- The Manager widget class "XmManager" "widget class" "Manager"
- XmMapSegmentEncoding(3)
- A compound string function that returns the compound text encoding format associated with the specified font list tag "XmMapSegmentEncoding" "compound string functions" "XmMapSegmentEncoding"
- XmMenuShell(3)
- The MenuShell widget class "XmMenuShell" "widget class" "MenuShell"
- XmMessageBox(3)
- The MessageBox widget class "XmMessageBox" "widget class" "MessageBox"
- XmMultiList(3)
- The Multi-column List widget
- XmNotebook(3)
- The Notebook widget class "XmNotebook" "widget class" "Notebook"
- XmOptionButtonGadget(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the CascadeButtonGadget in an OptionMenu "XmOptionButtonGadget" "RowColumn functions" "XmOptionButtonGadget"
- XmOptionLabelGadget(3)
- A RowColumn function that obtains the widget ID for the LabelGadget in an OptionMenu "XmOptionLabelGadget" "RowColumn functions" "XmOptionLabelGadget"
- XmOutline(3)
- The Outline widget class "XmOutline" "widget class" "Outline"
- XmPaned(3)
- The Paned widget class "XmPaned" "widget class" "Paned Window"
- XmPanedGetPanes(3)
- A Paned function that returns the number of panes in the paned widget "XmPanedGetPanes" "Paned functions" "XmPanedGetPanes"
- XmPanedWindow(3)
- The PanedWindow widget class "XmPanedWindow" "widget class" "PanedWindow"
- XmPrimitive(3)
- The Primitive widget class "XmPrimitive" "widget class" "Primitive"
- XmPrintSetup(3)
- setup and create a Print Shell widget
- XmPrintShell(3)
- a shell widget class used for printing in Motif
- XmProcessTraversal(3)
- A function that determines which component receives keyboard events when a widget has the focus "XmProcessTraversal"
- XmPushButton(3)
- The PushButton widget class "XmPushButton" "widget class" "PushButton"
- XmPushButtonGadget(3)
- The PushButtonGadget widget class "XmPushButtonGadget" "widget class" "PushButtonGadget"
- XmRedisplayWidget(3)
- Synchronously activates the expose method of a widget to draw its content
- XmRemoveFromPostFromList(3)
- a RowColumn function that disables a menu for a particular widget "XmRemoveFromPostFromList" "RowColumn functions" "XmRemoveFromPostFromList"
- XmResolveAllPartOffsets(3)
- A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets "XmResolveAllPartOffsets"
- XmResolvePartOffsets(3)
- A function that allows writing of upward-compatible applications and widgets "XmResolvePartOffsets"
- XmRowColumn(3)
- The RowColumn widget class "XmRowColumn" "widget class" "RowColumn"
- XmScale(3)
- The Scale widget class "XmScale" "widget class" "Scale"
- XmScreen(3)
- The Screen widget class "XmScreen" "widget class" "XmScreen"
- XmScrollBar(3)
- The ScrollBar widget class "XmScrollBar" "widget class" "ScrollBar"
- XmScrollVisible(3)
- A ScrolledWindow function that makes an invisible descendant of a ScrolledWindow work area visible "XmScrollVisible" "Scrolled Window functions" "XmScrollVisible"
- XmScrolledWindow(3)
- The ScrolledWindow widget class "XmScrolledWindow" "widget class" "ScrolledWindow"
- XmScrolledWindowSetAreas(3)
- A ScrolledWindow function that adds or changes a window work region and a horizontal or vertical ScrollBar widget to the ScrolledWindow widget "XmScrolledWindowSetAreas" "ScrolledWindow functions" "XmScrolledWindowSetAreas"
- XmSelectionBox(3)
- The SelectionBox widget class "XmSelectionBox" "widget class" "SelectionBox"
- XmSeparator(3)
- The Separator widget class "XmSeparator" "widget class" "Separator"
- XmSeparatorGadget(3)
- The SeparatorGadget widget class "XmSeparatorGadget" "widget class" "SeparatorGadget"
- XmSetWMProtocolHooks(3)
- A VendorShell convenience interface that allows preactions and postactions to be executed when a protocol message is received from the window manager "XmSetWMProtocolHooks" "VendorShell functions" "XmSetWMProtocolHooks" "protocols"
- XmSimpleSpinBox(3)
- a simple SpinBox widget class
- XmSlideContext(3)
- The SlideContext widget class
- XmSpinBox(3)
- The SpinBox widget class "XmSpinBox" "widget class" "SpinBox"
- XmStringCreateSimple(3)
- A compound string function that creates a compound string in the language environment of a widget "XmStringCreateSimple" "compound string functions" "XmStringCreateSimple"
- XmStringDraw(3)
- A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X window "XmStringDraw" "compound string functions" "XmStringDraw"
- XmStringDrawImage(3)
- A compound string function that draws a compound string in an X Window and creates an image "XmStringDrawImage" "compound string functions" "XmStringDrawImage"
- XmStringDrawUnderline(3)
- A compound string function that underlines a string drawn in an X Window "XmStringDrawUnderline" "compound string functions" "XmStringDrawUnderline"
- XmStringExtent(3)
- A compound string function that determines the size of the smallest rectangle that will enclose the compound string "XmStringExtent" "compound string functions" "XmStringExtent"
- XmStringHasSubstring(3)
- A compound string function that indicates whether one compound string is contained within another "XmStringHasSubstring" "compound string functions" "XmStringHasSubstring"
- XmStringWidth(3)
- A compound string function that returns the width of the widest line in a compound string "XmStringWidth" "compound string functions" "XmStringWidth"
- XmTabListReplacePositions(3)
- A convenience function that creates a new tab list with replacement tabs "XmTabListReplacePositions"
- XmTabStack(3)
- The TabStack widget class
- XmTabStackGetSelectedTab(3)
- A TabStack function that returns the widget ID of the currently selectedtab "XmTabStackGetSelectedTab" "TabStack functions" "XmTabStackGetSelectedTab"
- XmTabStackXYToWidget(3)
- A TabStack function that converts a pixel coordinate to the widget ID of the tab occupying that space "XmTabStackXYToWidget" "TabStack functions" "XmTabStackXYToWidget"
- XmTearOffButton(3)
- Motif-compatible detachable button widget
- XmText(3)
- The Text widget class "XmText" "widget class" "Text"
- XmTextDisableRedisplay(3)
- A Text function that temporarily prevents visual update of the Text widget "XmTextDisableRedisplay" "Text functions" "XmTextDisableRedisplay"
- XmTextEnableRedisplay(3)
- A Text function that forces the visual update of a Text widget "XmTextEnableRedisplay" "Text functions" "XmTextEnableRedisplay"
- XmTextFieldGetSelectionWcs(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection "XmTextFieldGetSelection%Wcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSelection%Wcs"
- XmTextFieldGetStringWcs(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a TextField widget "XmTextFieldGetStringWcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetStringWcs"
- XmTextFieldGetSubstringWcs(3)
- A TextField function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer "XmTextFieldGetSubstring%Wcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldGetSubstring%Wcs"
- XmTextFieldInsertWcs(3)
- A TextField function that inserts a wide character string into a TextField widget "XmTextFieldInsertWcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldInsertWcs"
- XmTextFieldReplaceWcs(3)
- A TextField function that replaces part of a wide character string in a TextField widget "XmTextFieldReplaceWcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldReplaceWcs"
- XmTextFieldSetStringWcs(3)
- A TextField function that sets a wide character string value "XmTextFieldSetStringWcs" "TextField functions" "XmTextFieldSetStringWcs"
- XmTextFindStringWcs(3)
- A Text function that finds the beginning position of a wide character text string "XmTextFindStringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextFindStringWcs"
- XmTextGetSelectionWcs(3)
- A Text function that retrieves the value of a wide character encoded primary selection "XmTextGetSelectionWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSelectionWcs"
- XmTextGetSource(3)
- A Text function that accesses the source of the widget "XmTextGetSource" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSource"
- XmTextGetStringWcs(3)
- A Text function that retrieves a copy of the wide character string value of a Text widget "XmTextGetStringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextGetStringWcs"
- XmTextGetSubstringWcs(3)
- A Text function that retrieves a portion of a wide character internal text buffer "XmTextGetSubstringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextGetSubstringWcs"
- XmTextInsertWcs(3)
- A Text function that inserts a wide character string into a Text widget "XmTextInsertWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextInsertWcs"
- XmTextPosition(3)
- Data type for a character position within a text string "XmTextPosition" "data types" "XmTextPosition"
- XmTextReplaceWcs(3)
- A Text function that replaces part of a wide character string in a Text widget "XmTextReplaceWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextReplaceWcs"
- XmTextSetSource(3)
- A Text function that sets the source of the widget "XmTextSetSource" "Text functions" "XmTextSetSource"
- XmTextSetStringWcs(3)
- A Text function that sets a wide character string value "XmTextSetStringWcs" "Text functions" "XmTextSetStringWcs"
- XmToggleButton(3)
- The ToggleButton widget class "XmToggleButton" "widget class" "ToggleButton"
- XmToggleButtonGadget(3)
- The ToggleButtonGadget widget class "XmToggleButtonGadget" "widget class" "ToggleButtonGadget"
- XmTree(3)
- The Tree widget class
- XmVaCreateArrowButton(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedArrowButton A ArrowButton widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateArrowButton" "XmVaCreateManagedArrowButton" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateArrowButtonGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedArrowButtonGadget A ArrowButtonGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateArrowButtonGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedArrowButtonGadget" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateBulletinBoard(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedBulletinBoard A BulletinBoard widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateBulletinBoard" "XmVaCreateManagedBulletinBoard" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateButtonBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedButtonBox A ButtonBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateButtonBox" "XmVaCreateManagedButtonBox" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateCascadeButton(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedCascadeButton A CascadeButton widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateCascadeButton" "XmVaCreateManagedCascadeButton" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateCascadeButtonGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedCascadeButtonGadget A CascadeButtonGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateCascadeButtonGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedCascadeButtonGadget" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateColorSelector(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedColorSelector A ColorSelector widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateColorSelector" "XmVaCreateManagedColorSelector" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateColumn(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedColumn A Column widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateColumn" "XmVaCreateManagedColumn" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateCombinationBox2(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedCombinationBox2 A Form widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateCombinationBox2" "XmVaCreateManagedCombinationBox2" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateComboBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedComboBox A ComboBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateComboBox" "XmVaCreateManagedComboBox" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateCommand(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedCommand A Command widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateCommand" "XmVaCreateManagedCommand" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateContainer(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedContainer A Container widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateContainer" "XmVaCreateManagedContainer" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateDataField(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedDataField A DataField widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateDataField" "XmVaCreateManagedDataField" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateDrawingArea(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedDrawingArea A DrawingArea widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateDrawingArea" "XmVaCreateManagedDrawingArea" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateDrawnButton(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedDrawnButton A DrawnButton widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateDrawnButton" "XmVaCreateManagedDrawnButton" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateDropDown(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedDropDown A DropDown widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateDropDown" "XmVaCreateManagedDropDown" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateDropDown"
- XmVaCreateExt18List(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedExt18List A Form widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateExt18List" "XmVaCreateManagedExt18List" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateFileSelectionBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedFileSelectionBox A FileSelectionBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateFileSelectionBox" "XmVaCreateManagedFileSelectionBox" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateForm(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedForm A Form widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateForm" "XmVaCreateManagedForm" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateForm"
- XmVaCreateFrame(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedFrame A Frame widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateFrame" "XmVaCreateManagedFrame" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateHierarchy(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedHierarchy A Hierarchy widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateHierarchy" "XmVaCreateManagedHierarchy" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateIconGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedIconGadget A IconGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateIconGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedIconGadget" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateLabel(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedLabel A Label widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateLabel" "XmVaCreateManagedLabel" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateLabelGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedLabelGadget A LabelGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateLabelGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedLabelGadget" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateList(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedList A List widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateList" "XmVaCreateManagedList" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateMainWindow(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedMainWindow A MainWindow widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateMainWindow" "XmVaCreateManagedMainWindow" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreateMessageBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedMessageBox A MessageBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleMessageBox" "XmVaCreateManagedMessageBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateMessageBox"
- XmVaCreateMultiList(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedMultiList A MultiList widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleMultiList" "XmVaCreateManagedMultiList" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateMultiList"
- XmVaCreateNotebook(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedNotebook A Notebook widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleNotebook" "XmVaCreateManagedNotebook" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateNotebook"
- XmVaCreateOutline(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedOutline A Outline widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateOutline" "XmVaCreateManagedOutline" "creation functions"
- XmVaCreatePanedWindow(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedPanedWindow A PanedWindow widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateTogglePanedWindow" "XmVaCreateManagedPanedWindow" "creation functions" "XmVaCreatePanedWindow"
- XmVaCreatePushButton(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedPushButton A PushButton widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateTogglePushButton" "XmVaCreateManagedPushButton" "creation functions" "XmVaCreatePushButton"
- XmVaCreatePushButtonGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedPushButtonGadget A PushButtonGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateTogglePushButtonGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedPushButtonGadget" "creation functions" "XmVaCreatePushButtonGadget"
- XmVaCreateRowColumn(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedRowColumn A RowColumn widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleRowColumn" "XmVaCreateManagedRowColumn" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateRowColumn"
- XmVaCreateScale(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedScale A Scale widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleScale" "XmVaCreateManagedScale" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateScale"
- XmVaCreateScrollBar(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedScrollBar A ScrollBar widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleScrollBar" "XmVaCreateManagedScrollBar" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateScrollBar"
- XmVaCreateScrolledWindow(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedScrolledWindow A ScrolledWindow widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleScrolledWindow" "XmVaCreateManagedScrolledWindow" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateScrolledWindow"
- XmVaCreateSelectionBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedSelectionBox A SelectionBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleSelectionBox" "XmVaCreateManagedSelectionBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSelectionBox"
- XmVaCreateSeparatorGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedSeparatorGadget A SeparatorGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleSeparatorGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedSeparatorGadget" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSeparatorGadget"
- XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimpleCheckBox"
- XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimpleMenuBar"
- XmVaCreateSimpleOptionMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimpleOption%Menu" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimpleOption%Menu"
- XmVaCreateSimplePopupMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimplePopup%Menu" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimplePopup%Menu"
- XmVaCreateSimplePulldownMenu(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimplePulldown%Menu" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimplePulldown%Menu"
- XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox(3)
- A RowColumn widget convenience creation function "XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox"
- XmVaCreateSimpleSpinBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedSimpleSpinBox A SimpleSpinBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleSimpleSpinBox" "XmVaCreateManagedSimpleSpinBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSimpleSpinBox"
- XmVaCreateSpinBox(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedSpinBox A SpinBox widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleSpinBox" "XmVaCreateManagedSpinBox" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateSpinBox"
- XmVaCreateTabStack(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedTabStack A TabStack widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleTabStack" "XmVaCreateManagedTabStack" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateTabStack"
- XmVaCreateText(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedText A Text widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleText" "XmVaCreateManagedText" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateText"
- XmVaCreateTextField(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedTextField A TextField widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleTextField" "XmVaCreateManagedTextField" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateTextField"
- XmVaCreateToggleButton(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedToggleButton A ToggleButton widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleToggleButton" "XmVaCreateManagedToggleButton" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateToggleButton"
- XmVaCreateToggleButtonGadget(3)
- XmVaCreateManagedToggleButtonGadget A ToggleButtonGadget widget convenience creation functions. "XmVaCreateToggleToggleButtonGadget" "XmVaCreateManagedToggleButtonGadget" "creation functions" "XmVaCreateToggleButtonGadget"
- XmWidgetGetBaselines(3)
- Retrieves baseline information for a widget "XmWidgetGetBaselines"
- XmWidgetGetDisplayRect(3)
- Retrieves display rectangle information for a widget "XmWidgetGetDisplayRect"
- XmWorld(3), XmWorldClass(3)
- Lesstif internal widget class XmWorldClass
- XmbDrawImageString(3), XwcDrawImageString(3), Xutf8DrawImageString(3)
- draw image text using a single font set
- XmbufQueryExtension(3), XmbufGetVersion(3), XmbufCreateBuffers(3), XmbufDestroyBuffers(3), XmbufDisplayBuffers(3), XmbufGetWindowAttributes(3), XmbufChangeWindowAttributes(3), XmbufGetBufferAttributes(3), XmbufChangeBufferAttributes(3), XmbufGetScreenInfo(3), XmbufCreateStereoWindow(3)
- X multibuffering functions
- XmtAllocColor(3), XmtAllocColor()(3), XmtAllocWidgetColor()(3), XmtFreeColor()(3), XmtFreeWidgetColor()(3), XmtStoreColor()(3), XmtStoreWidgetColor()(3)
- Xmt color allocation functions
- XmtAskForBoolean(3), XmtAskForBoolean()(3)
- ask a yes-or-no question with a dialog box and return the user's response
- XmtAssertWidgetClass(3), XmtAssertWidgetClass()(3)
- verify the type of a widget
- XmtBuildApplication(3), XmtBuildApplication()(3), XmtBuildQueryApplication()(3)
- create a root ApplicationShell widget and all of its descendants
- XmtBuildToplevel(3), XmtBuildToplevel()(3), XmtBuildQueryToplevel()(3)
- create a TopLevelShell widget and all of its descendants
- XmtChooser(3)
- a widget that presents a choice to the user
- XmtChooserGetState(3), XmtChooserGetState()(3), XmtChooserGetValue()(3), XmtChooserGetSensitivity()(3)
- query an XmtChooser widget about its selected items and item sensitivity
- XmtChooserSetState(3), XmtChooserSetState()(3), XmtChooserSetSensitive()(3), XmtChooserSetItemValue()(3)
- set the current selection in an XmtChooser widget, or the sensitivity or value associated with its items
- XmtCli(3)
- a Command Line Interface widget
- XmtCliGets(3), XmtCliGets()(3)
- get synchronous input from an XmtCli widget
- XmtCliPrintf(3), XmtCliPrintf()(3), XmtCliPuts()(3), XmtCliClear()(3)
- XmtCli widget output functions
- XmtCreateChildren(3), XmtCreateChildren()(3), XmtCreateQueryChildren() XmtCreateQueryListChildren(3)
- create the descendants of a widget described in the resource file
- XmtCreateChooser(3), XmtCreate<Widget>()(3)
- constructor functions for various widget classes
- XmtCreatePixmapIcon(3), XmtCreatePixmapIcon()(3), XmtChangePixmapIcon()(3), XmtDestroyPixmapIcon()(3)
- handle non-rectangular multi-color window manager icons
- XmtCreateWidgetType(3), XmtLookupWidgetType()(3), XmtCreateWidgetType()(3)
- lookup a widget type by name, create an instance of a widget type
- XmtDialogBindResourceList(3), XmtDialogBindResourceList()(3)
- use Xmt automatic dialog data transfer features with widgets that are not dialogs
- XmtDialogGetDialogValues(3), XmtDialogGetDialogValues()(3), XmtDialogSetDialogValues()(3)
- transfer values between the fields of a data structure and the widgets of a dialog box
- XmtDialogOkayCallback(3), XmtDialog{Okay(3), Cancel(3), Apply(3), Reset(3), Done}Callback()(3), XmtDialogGetDataAddress()(3), XmtDialogSetReturnValue()(3)
- predefined callbacks for use with automatic dialogs and functions for writing custom dialog callbacks
- XmtDialogPosition(3), XmtDialogPosition()(3)
- center a dialog box over a widget
- XmtDisplayBusyCursor(3), XmtDisplayBusyCursor()(3), XmtDisplayDefaultCursor()(3), XmtDisplayCursor()(3)
- display a cursor over a window
- XmtFocusShell(3), XmtFocusShell()(3), XmtMoveShellToPointer()(3), XmtWarpToShell()(3), XmtSetFocusToShell()(3)
- change keyboard focus to a shell widget
- XmtGetShell(3), XmtGetShell()(3), XmtGetApplicationShell()(3), XmtGetTopLevelShell()(3)
- return shell ancestors of a widget
- XmtHelpBox(3)
- a widget to display scrolled, multi-font help text
- XmtIconifyShell(3), XmtIconifyShell()(3), XmtDeiconifyShell()(3), XmtRaiseShell()(3), XmtLowerShell()(3)
- perform window manager manipulations on shell widgets
- XmtInputField(3)
- an input field widget
- XmtInputFieldGetString(3), XmtInputFieldGetString()(3), XmtInputFieldSetString()(3)
- query or set the value of an XmtInputField widget
- XmtIntroduction(3), Introduction(3)
- introduction to the reference pages for Xmt functions and widgets
- XmtLayout(3)
- a general-purpose manager widget
- XmtLayoutBox(3)
- the row or column gadget used within the XmtLayout widget
- XmtLayoutDisableLayout(3), XmtLayoutDisableLayout()(3), XmtLayoutEnableLayout()(3)
- temporarily disable layout computation for an XmtLayout widget
- XmtLocalize2(3), XmtLocalize2()(3), XmtLocalize()(3), XmtLocalizeWidget()(3)
- look up a translated version of a string in the resource database
- XmtLookupColorName(3), XmtLookupColorName()(3)
- lookup the actual color name associated with a symbolic color name in an XmtColor Table
- XmtLookupPixmap(3), XmtLookupPixmap()(3), XmtLookupSimplePixmap()(3), XmtLookupWidgetPixmap()(3), XmtLookupBitmap()(3), XmtLookupBitmask()(3)
- get a named pixmap or bitmap from the Xmt image cache
- XmtMenuGetMenuItem(3), XmtMenuGetMenuItem()(3), XmtMenuItemGetSubmenu()(3), XmtMenuItemGetWidget()(3), XmtMenuItemSetSensitivity()(3), XmtMenuItemGetState()(3), XmtMenuItemSetState()(3)
- look up items in an XmtMenu widget by name, and manipulate them
- XmtMsgLine(3)
- a Message Line widget
- XmtMsgLineGetString(3), XmtMsgLineGetString()(3), XmtMsgLineGetDouble()(3), XmtMsgLineGetInt()(3), XmtMsgLineGetUnsigned()(3), XmtMsgLineGetChar()(3)
- use an XmtMsgLine widget to synchronously get input from the user
- XmtMsgLinePush(3), XmtMsgLinePush()(3), XmtMsgLinePop()(3)
- save and restore messages in an XmtMsgLine widget
- XmtMsgLineSet(3), XmtMsgLineSet()(3), XmtMsgLineAppend()(3), XmtMsgLinePrintf()(3), XmtMsgLineClear()(3)
- display messages in an XmtMsgLine widget
- XmtMsgLineSetInput(3), XmtMsgLineSetInput()(3), XmtMsgLineGetInput()(3)
- set or query the editable text in an XmtMsgLine widget
- XmtNameToWidget(3), XmtNameToWidget()(3)
- find a descendant or ancestor widget by name
- XmtPatchVisualInheritance(3), XmtPatchVisualInheritance()(3)
- apply a runtime patch to the Shell widget class so that it handles non-default visuals better
- XmtProgress(3)
- a Percent Progress Widget
- XmtProgressClear(3), XmtProgressClear()(3), XmtProgressGet()(3), XmtProgressSet()(3)
- set and get the progress value in an XmtProgress widget
- XmtRegisterAll(3), XmtRegisterAll()(3)
- register all standard widgets, procedures, and resource converters
- XmtRegisterChooser(3), XmtRegisterChooser()(3), XmtRegisterInputField()(3), XmtRegisterXmScale()(3), XmtRegisterXmScrolledText()(3), XmtRegisterXmText()(3), XmtRegisterXmTextField()(3), XmtRegisterXmToggleButton()(3)
- specially register input widgets for use with Xmt automatic dialog facilities
- XmtRegisterImprovedIcons(3), XmtRegisterImprovedIcons()(3)
- replace the standard error, warning and information icons with larger ``improved'' icons
- XmtRegisterLayoutParser(3), XmtRegisterLayoutParser()(3), XmtRegisterLayoutCreateMethod()(3)
- register the parser for the XmtLayout widget layout grammar and allow typed widget creation by the parser
- XmtRegisterMotifWidgets(3), XmtRegisterMotifWidgets()(3), XmtRegisterXmtWidgets()(3)
- register the standard Motif and Xmt widget constructors for use with the automatic widget creation facilities
- XmtRegisterProcedures(3), XmtRegisterProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterCallbackProcedure()(3), XmtVaRegisterCallbackProcedures()(3)
- register procedures for use with the Xmt callback converter
- XmtRegisterUnixProcedures(3), XmtRegisterXtProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterXmtProcedures()(3), XmtRegisterUnixProcedures()(3)
- register commonly used procedures with the Xmt callback converter
- XmtRegisterWidgetClass(3), XmtRegisterWidgetClass()(3), XmtRegisterWidgetConstructor()(3), XmtVaRegisterWidgetClasses()(3), XmtVaRegisterWidgetConstructors()(3), XmtRegisterPopupClass()(3), XmtRegisterPopupConstructor()(3)
- register names for widget types
- XmtRegisterWidgetTypes(3), XmtRegisterWidgetTypes()(3)
- register names for widget types
- XmtSetInitialFocus(3), XmtSetInitialFocus()(3)
- set the widget to receive the initial keyboard focus in a dialog
- XmtSetValue(3), XmtSetValue()(3), XmtSetTypedValue()(3)
- set a named widget resource to a named value
- XmtWorkingBox(3)
- a widget for ``please wait'' dialogs
- XmtWorkingBoxHandleEvents(3), XmtWorkingBoxHandleEvents()(3), XmtWorkingBoxSetScaleValue()(3)
- check the push button and update the slider value in an XmtWorkingBox widget
- Xserver(1)
- X Window System display server
- XtAddGrab(3), XtRemoveGrab(3)
- redirect user input to a modal widget
- XtAllocateGC(3)
- obtain a shareable GC with modifiable fields
- XtAppCreateShell(3), XtVaAppCreateShell(3)
- create top-level widget instance
- XtBuildEventMask(3)
- retrieve a widget's event mask
- XtCallAcceptFocus(3)
- calla widget's accept_focus procedure
- XtClass(3), XtSuperclass(3), XtIsSubclass(3), XtCheckSubclass(3), XtIsObject(3), XtIsRectObj(3), XtIsWidget(3), XtIsComposite(3), XtIsConstraint(3), XtIsShell(3), XtIsOverrideShell(3), XtIsWMShell(3), XtIsVendorShell(3), XtIsTransientShell(3), XtIsTopLevelShell(3), XtIsApplicationShell(3), XtIsSessionShell(3)
- obtain and verify a widget's class
- XtConfigureWidget(3), XtMoveWidget(3), XtResizeWidget(3)
- move and resize widgets
- XtCreateApplicationContext(3), XtDestroyApplicationContext(3), XtWidgetToApplicationContext(3), XtToolkitInitialize(3)
- create, destroy, and obtain an application context
- XtCreateApplicationShell(3)
- create top-level widget instance
- XtCreateWidget(3), XtVaCreateWidget(3), XtCreateManagedWidget(3), XtVaCreateManagedWidget(3), XtDestroyWidget(3)
- create and destroy widgets
- XtCreateWindow(3)
- window creation convenience function
- XtDisplay(3), XtDisplayOfObject(3), XtScreen(3), XtScreenOfObject(3), XtWindow(3), XtWindowOfObject(3)
- obtain window information about a widget
- XtGetDisplays(3)
- retrieve a list of displays associated with an application context
- XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget(3)
- extension event handling
- XtGetSelectionParameters(3)
- retrieve target parameters for a selection request with a single target
- XtInitializeWidgetClass(3)
- initialize a widget class
- XtInsertEventTypeHandler(3), XtRemoveEventTypeHandler(3), XtRegisterExtensionSelector(3), XtSetEventDispatcher(3), XtDispatchEventToWidget(3)
- extension event handling
- XtMapWidget(3), XtSetMappedWhenManaged(3), XtUnmapWidget(3)
- map and unmap widgets
- XtName(3)
- obtain widget's name
- XtNameToWidget(3), XtWindowToWidget(3)
- translating strings to widgets or widgets to windows
- XtParent(3)
- obtain widget's parent widget id
- XtQueryGeometry(3)
- query the preferred geometry of a child widget
- XtRealizeWidget(3), XtIsRealized(3), XtUnrealizeWidget(3)
- realize and unrealize widgets
- XtRegisterDrawable(3)
- register a drawable with the Intrinsics event dispatcher
- XtSetKeyboardFocus(3)
- focus events on a child widget
- XtSetSelectionParameters(3)
- specify target parameters for a selection request with a single target
- XtSetSensitive(3), XtIsSensitive(3)
- set and check a widget's sensitivity state
- XtSetValues(3), XtVaSetValues(3), XtSetSubvalues(3), XtVaSetSubvalues(3), XtGetValues(3), XtVaGetValues(3), XtGetSubvalues(3), XtVaGetSubvalues(3)
- obtain and set widget resources
- XtSetWMColormapWindows(3)
- Set the value of the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property
- XtTranslateCoords(3)
- translate widget coordinates
- Xv(3)
- X Window System video extension
- _U_dyn_cancel(3)
- -- cancel unwind-info for dynamically generated code
- _U_dyn_register(3)
- -- register unwind info for dynamically generated code
- _ustrdup(3)
- Duplicates a string with a custom memory allocator. Allegro game programming library
- a2jmidi_bridge(1)
- static bridge with one ALSA playback port and one JACK MIDI input port
- aa_imgwidth(3)
- returns width of the emulated image in pixels
- aa_mmwidth(3)
- returns width of the output screen in millimeters
- aa_scrwidth(3)
- returns width of the output screen in characters
- aarch64-none-elf-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- aarch64-none-elf-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- aarch64-unknown-freebsd14.2-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- aarch64-unknown-freebsd14.2-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- ablToBddCct(3)
- converts an ABL into a BDD within a circuit
- abyss-sealer(1)
- Close gaps within scaffolds
- acquire_bitmap(3)
- Locks the bitmap before drawing onto it. Allegro game programming library
- activateCDKAlphalist(3), activateCDKAlphalist destroyCDKAlphalist drawCDKAlphalist eraseCDKAlphalist getCDKAlphalistBox getCDKAlphalistContents getCDKAlphalistCurrentItem getCDKAlphalistFillerChar getCDKAlphalistHighlight injectCDKAlphalist moveCDKAlphalist newCDKAlphalist positionCDKAlphalist setCDKAlphalist setCDKAlphalistBackgroundAttrib setCDKAlphalistBackgroundColor setCDKAlphalistBox setCDKAlphalistBoxAttribute setCDKAlphalistContents setCDKAlphalistCurrentItem setCDKAlphalistFillerChar setCDKAlphalistHighlight setCDKAlphalistHorizontalChar setCDKAlphalistLLChar setCDKAlphalistLRChar setCDKAlphalistPostProcess setCDKAlphalistPreProcess setCDKAlphalistULChar setCDKAlphalistURChar setCDKAlphalistVerticalChar cdk_alphalist(3)
- Cdk sorted list widget
- activateCDKButton(3), activateCDKButton destroyCDKButton drawCDKButton eraseCDKButton getCDKButtonBox getCDKButtonMessage injectCDKButton moveCDKButton newCDKButton positionCDKButton setCDKButton setCDKButtonBackgroundAttrib setCDKButtonBackgroundColor setCDKButtonBox setCDKButtonBoxAttribute setCDKButtonHorizontalChar setCDKButtonLLChar setCDKButtonLRChar setCDKButtonMessage setCDKButtonULChar setCDKButtonURChar setCDKButtonVerticalChar cdk_button(3)
- create and manage a Cdk button widget
- activateCDKButtonbox(3), activateCDKButtonbox destroyCDKButtonbox drawCDKButtonbox drawCDKButtonboxButtons eraseCDKButtonbox getCDKButtonboxBox getCDKButtonboxButtonCount getCDKButtonboxCurrentButton getCDKButtonboxHighlight injectCDKButtonbox moveCDKButtonbox newCDKButtonbox positionCDKButtonbox setCDKButtonbox setCDKButtonboxBackgroundAttrib setCDKButtonboxBackgroundColor setCDKButtonboxBox setCDKButtonboxBoxAttribute setCDKButtonboxCurrentButton setCDKButtonboxHighlight setCDKButtonboxHorizontalChar setCDKButtonboxLLChar setCDKButtonboxLRChar setCDKButtonboxPostProcess setCDKButtonboxPreProcess setCDKButtonboxULChar setCDKButtonboxURChar setCDKButtonboxVerticalChar cdk_buttonbox(3)
- Cdk buttonbox widget
- activateCDKCalendar(3), activateCDKCalendar destroyCDKCalendar drawCDKCalendar eraseCDKCalendar getCDKCalendarBox getCDKCalendarDate getCDKCalendarDayAttribute getCDKCalendarHighlight getCDKCalendarMarker getCDKCalendarMonthAttribute getCDKCalendarYearAttribute injectCDKCalendar moveCDKCalendar newCDKCalendar positionCDKCalendar removeCDKCalendarMarker setCDKCalendar setCDKCalendarBackgroundAttrib setCDKCalendarBackgroundColor setCDKCalendarBox setCDKCalendarBoxAttribute setCDKCalendarDate setCDKCalendarDayAttribute setCDKCalendarDaysNames setCDKCalendarHighlight setCDKCalendarHorizontalChar setCDKCalendarLLChar setCDKCalendarLRChar setCDKCalendarMarker setCDKCalendarMonthAttribute setCDKCalendarMonthsNames setCDKCalendarPostProcess setCDKCalendarPreProcess setCDKCalendarULChar setCDKCalendarURChar setCDKCalendarVerticalChar setCDKCalendarYearAttribute cdk_calendar(3)
- Cdk calendar widget
- activateCDKDScale(3), activateCDKDScale destroyCDKDScale drawCDKDScale eraseCDKDScale getCDKDScaleBox getCDKDScaleDigits getCDKDScaleHighValue getCDKDScaleLowValue getCDKDScaleValue injectCDKDScale moveCDKDScale newCDKDScale positionCDKDScale setCDKDScale setCDKDScaleBackgroundAttrib setCDKDScaleBackgroundColor setCDKDScaleBox setCDKDScaleBoxAttribute setCDKDScaleDigits setCDKDScaleHorizontalChar setCDKDScaleLLChar setCDKDScaleLRChar setCDKDScaleLowHigh setCDKDScalePostProcess setCDKDScalePreProcess setCDKDScaleULChar setCDKDScaleURChar setCDKDScaleValue setCDKDScaleVerticalChar cdk_dscale(3)
- Cdk scale widget (type double)
- activateCDKDialog(3), activateCDKDialog destroyCDKDialog drawCDKDialog drawCDKDialogButtons eraseCDKDialog getCDKDialog getCDKDialogBox getCDKDialogHighlight getCDKDialogSeparator injectCDKDialog moveCDKDialog newCDKDialog positionCDKDialog setCDKDialog setCDKDialogBackgroundAttrib setCDKDialogBackgroundColor setCDKDialogBox setCDKDialogBox setCDKDialogBoxAttribute setCDKDialogHighlight setCDKDialogHorizontalChar setCDKDialogLLChar setCDKDialogLRChar setCDKDialogPostProcess setCDKDialogPreProcess setCDKDialogSeparator setCDKDialogULChar setCDKDialogURChar setCDKDialogVerticalChar cdk_dialog(3)
- Cdk dialog widget
- activateCDKEntry(3), activateCDKEntry cleanCDKEntry destroyCDKEntry drawCDKEntry eraseCDKEntry getCDKEntryBox getCDKEntryFillerChar getCDKEntryHiddenChar getCDKEntryMax getCDKEntryMin getCDKEntryValue injectCDKEntry moveCDKEntry newCDKEntry positionCDKEntry setCDKEntry setCDKEntryBackgroundAttrib setCDKEntryBackgroundColor setCDKEntryBox setCDKEntryBoxAttribute setCDKEntryCB setCDKEntryFillerChar setCDKEntryHiddenChar setCDKEntryHighlight setCDKEntryHorizontalChar setCDKEntryLLChar setCDKEntryLRChar setCDKEntryMax setCDKEntryMin setCDKEntryPostProcess setCDKEntryPreProcess setCDKEntryULChar setCDKEntryURChar setCDKEntryValue setCDKEntryVerticalChar cdk_entry(3)
- Cdk text-entry widget
- activateCDKFScale(3), activateCDKFScale destroyCDKFScale drawCDKFScale eraseCDKFScale getCDKFScaleBox getCDKFScaleDigits getCDKFScaleHighValue getCDKFScaleLowValue getCDKFScaleValue injectCDKFScale moveCDKFScale newCDKFScale positionCDKFScale setCDKFScale setCDKFScaleBackgroundAttrib setCDKFScaleBackgroundColor setCDKFScaleBox setCDKFScaleBoxAttribute setCDKFScaleDigits setCDKFScaleHorizontalChar setCDKFScaleLLChar setCDKFScaleLRChar setCDKFScaleLowHigh setCDKFScalePostProcess setCDKFScalePreProcess setCDKFScaleULChar setCDKFScaleURChar setCDKFScaleValue setCDKFScaleVerticalChar cdk_fscale(3)
- Cdk scale widget (type float)
- activateCDKFSlider(3), activateCDKFSlider destroyCDKFSlider drawCDKFSlider eraseCDKFSlider getCDKFSliderBox getCDKFSliderDigits getCDKFSliderHighValue getCDKFSliderLowValue getCDKFSliderValue injectCDKFSlider moveCDKFSlider newCDKFSlider positionCDKFSlider setCDKFSlider setCDKFSliderBackgroundAttrib setCDKFSliderBackgroundColor setCDKFSliderBox setCDKFSliderBoxAttribute setCDKFSliderDigits setCDKFSliderHorizontalChar setCDKFSliderLLChar setCDKFSliderLRChar setCDKFSliderLowHigh setCDKFSliderPostProcess setCDKFSliderPreProcess setCDKFSliderULChar setCDKFSliderURChar setCDKFSliderValue setCDKFSliderVerticalChar cdk_fslider(3)
- Cdk slider widget (type float)
- activateCDKFselect(3), activateCDKFselect deleteFileCB destroyCDKFselect drawCDKFselect eraseCDKFselect getCDKFselectBox getCDKFselectContents getCDKFselectCurrentItem getCDKFselectDirAttribute getCDKFselectDirContents getCDKFselectDirectory getCDKFselectFileAttribute getCDKFselectFillerChar getCDKFselectHighlight getCDKFselectLinkAttribute getCDKFselectSocketAttribute injectCDKFselect moveCDKFselect newCDKFselect positionCDKFselect setCDKFselect setCDKFselectBackgroundAttrib setCDKFselectBackgroundColor setCDKFselectBox setCDKFselectBoxAttribute setCDKFselectContents setCDKFselectCurrentItem setCDKFselectDirAttribute setCDKFselectDirContents setCDKFselectDirectory setCDKFselectFileAttribute setCDKFselectFillerChar setCDKFselectHighlight setCDKFselectHorizontalChar setCDKFselectLLChar setCDKFselectLRChar setCDKFselectLinkAttribute setCDKFselectSocketAttribute setCDKFselectULChar setCDKFselectURChar setCDKFselectVerticalChar cdk_fselect(3)
- Cdk file selector widget
- activateCDKGraph(3), activateCDKGraph destroyCDKGraph drawCDKGraph eraseCDKGraph getCDKGraphBox getCDKGraphCharacter getCDKGraphCharacters getCDKGraphDisplayType getCDKGraphValue getCDKGraphValues moveCDKGraph newCDKGraph positionCDKGraph setCDKGraph setCDKGraphBackgroundAttrib setCDKGraphBackgroundColor setCDKGraphBox setCDKGraphBoxAttribute setCDKGraphCharacter setCDKGraphCharacters setCDKGraphDisplayType setCDKGraphHorizontalChar setCDKGraphLLChar setCDKGraphLRChar setCDKGraphULChar setCDKGraphURChar setCDKGraphValue setCDKGraphValues setCDKGraphVerticalChar cdk_graph(3)
- Cdk graph widget
- activateCDKHistogram(3), activateCDKHistogram destroyCDKHistogram drawCDKHistogram eraseCDKHistogram getCDKHistogramBox getCDKHistogramFillerChar getCDKHistogramHighValue getCDKHistogramLowValue getCDKHistogramStatsAttr getCDKHistogramStatsPos getCDKHistogramValue getCDKHistogramViewType moveCDKHistogram newCDKHistogram positionCDKHistogram setCDKHistogram setCDKHistogramBackgroundAttrib setCDKHistogramBackgroundColor setCDKHistogramBox setCDKHistogramBoxAttribute setCDKHistogramDisplayType setCDKHistogramFillerChar setCDKHistogramHorizontalChar setCDKHistogramLLChar setCDKHistogramLRChar setCDKHistogramStatsAttr setCDKHistogramStatsPos setCDKHistogramULChar setCDKHistogramURChar setCDKHistogramValue setCDKHistogramVerticalChar setCDKHistogramViewType cdk_histogram(3)
- Cdk histogram widget
- activateCDKItemlist(3), activateCDKItemlist destroyCDKItemlist drawCDKItemlist drawCDKItemlistField eraseCDKItemlist getCDKItemlistBox getCDKItemlistCurrentItem getCDKItemlistDefaultItem getCDKItemlistValues injectCDKItemlist moveCDKItemlist newCDKItemlist positionCDKItemlist setCDKItemlist setCDKItemlistBackgroundAttrib setCDKItemlistBackgroundColor setCDKItemlistBox setCDKItemlistBoxAttribute setCDKItemlistCurrentItem setCDKItemlistDefaultItem setCDKItemlistHorizontalChar setCDKItemlistLLChar setCDKItemlistLRChar setCDKItemlistPostProcess setCDKItemlistPreProcess setCDKItemlistULChar setCDKItemlistURChar setCDKItemlistValues setCDKItemlistVerticalChar cdk_itemlist(3)
- Cdk itemlist widget
- activateCDKLabel(3), activateCDKLabel destroyCDKLabel drawCDKLabel eraseCDKLabel getCDKLabelBox getCDKLabelMessage moveCDKLabel newCDKLabel positionCDKLabel setCDKLabel setCDKLabelBackgroundAttrib setCDKLabelBackgroundColor setCDKLabelBox setCDKLabelBoxAttribute setCDKLabelHorizontalChar setCDKLabelLLChar setCDKLabelLRChar setCDKLabelMessage setCDKLabelULChar setCDKLabelURChar setCDKLabelVerticalChar waitCDKLabel cdk_label(3)
- Cdk label widget
- activateCDKMarquee(3), activateCDKMarquee deactivateCDKMarquee destroyCDKMarquee drawCDKMarquee eraseCDKMarquee getCDKMarqueeBox moveCDKMarquee newCDKMarquee positionCDKMarquee setCDKMarqueeBackgroundAttrib setCDKMarqueeBackgroundColor setCDKMarqueeBox setCDKMarqueeBoxAttribute setCDKMarqueeHorizontalChar setCDKMarqueeLLChar setCDKMarqueeLRChar setCDKMarqueeULChar setCDKMarqueeURChar setCDKMarqueeVerticalChar cdk_marquee(3)
- Cdk marquee widget
- activateCDKMatrix(3), activateCDKMatrix cleanCDKMatrix cleanCDKMatrixCell destroyCDKMatrix drawCDKMatrix eraseCDKMatrix getCDKMatrixBox getCDKMatrixCell getCDKMatrixCol getCDKMatrixRow injectCDKMatrix jumpToCell moveToCDKMatrixCell newCDKMatrix setCDKMatrix setCDKMatrixBackgroundAttrib setCDKMatrixBackgroundColor setCDKMatrixBox setCDKMatrixBoxAttribute setCDKMatrixCB setCDKMatrixCell setCDKMatrixCells setCDKMatrixHorizontalChar setCDKMatrixLLChar setCDKMatrixLRChar setCDKMatrixPostProcess setCDKMatrixPreProcess setCDKMatrixULChar setCDKMatrixURChar setCDKMatrixVerticalChar cdk_matrix(3)
- Cdk matrix widget
- activateCDKMentry(3), activateCDKMentry cleanCDKMentry destroyCDKMentry drawCDKMentry drawCDKMentryField eraseCDKMentry getCDKMentryBox getCDKMentryFillerChar getCDKMentryHiddenChar getCDKMentryMin getCDKMentryValue injectCDKMentry moveCDKMentry newCDKMentry positionCDKMentry setCDKMentry setCDKMentryBackgroundAttrib setCDKMentryBackgroundColor setCDKMentryBox setCDKMentryBoxAttribute setCDKMentryCB setCDKMentryFillerChar setCDKMentryHiddenChar setCDKMentryHorizontalChar setCDKMentryLLChar setCDKMentryLRChar setCDKMentryMin setCDKMentryPostProcess setCDKMentryPreProcess setCDKMentryULChar setCDKMentryURChar setCDKMentryValue setCDKMentryVerticalChar cdk_mentry(3)
- Cdk multiple line entry widget
- activateCDKMenu(3), activateCDKMenu destroyCDKMenu drawCDKMenu drawCDKMenuSubwin eraseCDKMenu eraseCDKMenuSubwin getCDKMenuCurrentItem getCDKMenuSubTitleHighlight getCDKMenuTitleHighlight injectCDKMenu newCDKMenu setCDKMenu setCDKMenuBackgroundAttrib setCDKMenuBackgroundColor setCDKMenuCurrentItem setCDKMenuPostProcess setCDKMenuPreProcess setCDKMenuSubTitleHighlight setCDKMenuTitleHighlight cdk_menu(3)
- Cdk menu widget
- activateCDKRadio(3), activateCDKRadio destroyCDKRadio drawCDKRadio eraseCDKRadio getCDKRadioBox getCDKRadioChoiceCharacter getCDKRadioCurrentItem getCDKRadioHighlight getCDKRadioItems getCDKRadioLeftBrace getCDKRadioRightBrace getCDKRadioSelectedItem injectCDKRadio moveCDKRadio newCDKRadio positionCDKRadio setCDKRadio setCDKRadioBackgroundAttrib setCDKRadioBackgroundColor setCDKRadioBox setCDKRadioBoxAttribute setCDKRadioChoiceCharacter setCDKRadioCurrentItem setCDKRadioHighlight setCDKRadioHorizontalChar setCDKRadioItems setCDKRadioLLChar setCDKRadioLRChar setCDKRadioLeftBrace setCDKRadioPostProcess setCDKRadioPreProcess setCDKRadioRightBrace setCDKRadioSelectedItem setCDKRadioULChar setCDKRadioURChar setCDKRadioVerticalChar cdk_radio(3)
- Cdk radio list widget
- activateCDKScale(3), activateCDKScale destroyCDKScale drawCDKScale eraseCDKScale getCDKScaleBox getCDKScaleHighValue getCDKScaleLowValue getCDKScaleValue injectCDKScale moveCDKScale newCDKScale positionCDKScale setCDKScale setCDKScaleBackgroundAttrib setCDKScaleBackgroundColor setCDKScaleBox setCDKScaleBoxAttribute setCDKScaleHorizontalChar setCDKScaleLLChar setCDKScaleLRChar setCDKScaleLowHigh setCDKScalePostProcess setCDKScalePreProcess setCDKScaleULChar setCDKScaleURChar setCDKScaleValue setCDKScaleVerticalChar cdk_scale(3)
- Cdk scale widget (type int)
- activateCDKScroll(3), activateCDKScroll addCDKScrollItem deleteCDKScrollItem destroyCDKScroll drawCDKScroll eraseCDKScroll getCDKScrollBox getCDKScrollCurrent getCDKScrollCurrentItem getCDKScrollCurrentTop getCDKScrollHighlight getCDKScrollItems injectCDKScroll insertCDKScrollItem moveCDKScroll newCDKScroll positionCDKScroll setCDKScroll setCDKScrollBackgroundAttrib setCDKScrollBackgroundColor setCDKScrollBox setCDKScrollBoxAttribute setCDKScrollCurrent setCDKScrollCurrentItem setCDKScrollCurrentTop setCDKScrollHighlight setCDKScrollHorizontalChar setCDKScrollItems setCDKScrollLLChar setCDKScrollLRChar setCDKScrollPosition setCDKScrollPostProcess setCDKScrollPreProcess setCDKScrollULChar setCDKScrollURChar setCDKScrollVerticalChar cdk_scroll(3)
- Cdk scrolling list widget
- activateCDKSelection(3), activateCDKSelection destroyCDKSelection drawCDKSelection eraseCDKSelection getCDKSelectionBox getCDKSelectionChoice getCDKSelectionChoices getCDKSelectionCurrent getCDKSelectionHighlight getCDKSelectionItems getCDKSelectionMode getCDKSelectionModes getCDKSelectionTitle injectCDKSelection moveCDKSelection newCDKSelection positionCDKSelection setCDKSelection setCDKSelectionBackgroundAttrib setCDKSelectionBackgroundColor setCDKSelectionBox setCDKSelectionBoxAttribute setCDKSelectionChoice setCDKSelectionChoices setCDKSelectionCurrent setCDKSelectionHighlight setCDKSelectionHorizontalChar setCDKSelectionItems setCDKSelectionLLChar setCDKSelectionLRChar setCDKSelectionMode setCDKSelectionModes setCDKSelectionPostProcess setCDKSelectionPreProcess setCDKSelectionTitle setCDKSelectionULChar setCDKSelectionURChar setCDKSelectionVerticalChar cdk_selection(3)
- Cdk selection list widget
- activateCDKSlider(3), activateCDKSlider destroyCDKSlider drawCDKSlider eraseCDKSlider getCDKSliderBox getCDKSliderHighValue getCDKSliderLowValue getCDKSliderValue injectCDKSlider moveCDKSlider newCDKSlider positionCDKSlider setCDKSlider setCDKSliderBackgroundAttrib setCDKSliderBackgroundColor setCDKSliderBox setCDKSliderBoxAttribute setCDKSliderHorizontalChar setCDKSliderLLChar setCDKSliderLRChar setCDKSliderLowHigh setCDKSliderPostProcess setCDKSliderPreProcess setCDKSliderULChar setCDKSliderURChar setCDKSliderValue setCDKSliderVerticalChar cdk_slider(3)
- Cdk slider widget (type int)
- activateCDKSwindow(3), activateCDKSwindow addCDKSwindow cleanCDKSwindow destroyCDKSwindow drawCDKSwindow dumpCDKSwindow eraseCDKSwindow execCDKSwindow getCDKSwindowBox getCDKSwindowContents injectCDKSwindow jumpToLineCDKSwindow loadCDKSwindowInformation moveCDKSwindow newCDKSwindow positionCDKSwindow saveCDKSwindowInformation setCDKSwindow setCDKSwindowBackgroundAttrib setCDKSwindowBackgroundColor setCDKSwindowBox setCDKSwindowBoxAttribute setCDKSwindowContents setCDKSwindowHorizontalChar setCDKSwindowLLChar setCDKSwindowLRChar setCDKSwindowPostProcess setCDKSwindowPreProcess setCDKSwindowULChar setCDKSwindowURChar setCDKSwindowVerticalChar trimCDKSwindow cdk_swindow(3)
- Cdk scrolling window widget
- activateCDKTemplate(3), activateCDKTemplate cleanCDKTemplate destroyCDKTemplate drawCDKTemplate eraseCDKTemplate getCDKTemplateBox getCDKTemplateMin getCDKTemplateValue injectCDKTemplate mixCDKTemplate newCDKTemplate setCDKTemplate setCDKTemplateBackgroundAttrib setCDKTemplateBackgroundColor setCDKTemplateBox setCDKTemplateBoxAttribute setCDKTemplateCB setCDKTemplateHorizontalChar setCDKTemplateLLChar setCDKTemplateLRChar setCDKTemplateMin setCDKTemplatePostProcess setCDKTemplatePreProcess setCDKTemplateULChar setCDKTemplateURChar setCDKTemplateValue setCDKTemplateVerticalChar unmixCDKTemplate cdk_template(3)
- Cdk template widget
- activateCDKUScale(3), activateCDKUScale destroyCDKUScale drawCDKUScale eraseCDKUScale getCDKUScaleBox getCDKUScaleHighValue getCDKUScaleLowValue getCDKUScaleValue injectCDKUScale moveCDKUScale newCDKUScale positionCDKUScale setCDKUScale setCDKUScaleBackgroundAttrib setCDKUScaleBackgroundColor setCDKUScaleBox setCDKUScaleBoxAttribute setCDKUScaleHorizontalChar setCDKUScaleLLChar setCDKUScaleLRChar setCDKUScaleLowHigh setCDKUScalePostProcess setCDKUScalePreProcess setCDKUScaleULChar setCDKUScaleURChar setCDKUScaleValue setCDKUScaleVerticalChar cdk_uscale(3)
- Cdk scale widget (type unsigned)
- activateCDKUSlider(3), activateCDKUSlider destroyCDKUSlider drawCDKUSlider eraseCDKUSlider getCDKUSliderBox getCDKUSliderHighValue getCDKUSliderLowValue getCDKUSliderValue injectCDKUSlider moveCDKUSlider newCDKUSlider positionCDKUSlider setCDKUSlider setCDKUSliderBackgroundAttrib setCDKUSliderBackgroundColor setCDKUSliderBox setCDKUSliderBoxAttribute setCDKUSliderHorizontalChar setCDKUSliderLLChar setCDKUSliderLRChar setCDKUSliderLowHigh setCDKUSliderPostProcess setCDKUSliderPreProcess setCDKUSliderULChar setCDKUSliderURChar setCDKUSliderValue setCDKUSliderVerticalChar cdk_uslider(3)
- Cdk slider widget (type unsigned)
- activateCDKViewer(3), activateCDKViewer cleanCDKViewer destroyCDKViewer drawCDKViewer eraseCDKViewer getCDKViewerBox getCDKViewerHighlight getCDKViewerInfo getCDKViewerInfoLine getCDKViewerTitle moveCDKViewer newCDKViewer positionCDKViewer setCDKViewer setCDKViewerBackgroundAttrib setCDKViewerBackgroundColor setCDKViewerBox setCDKViewerBoxAttribute setCDKViewerHighlight setCDKViewerHorizontalChar setCDKViewerInfo setCDKViewerInfoLine setCDKViewerLLChar setCDKViewerLRChar setCDKViewerTitle setCDKViewerULChar setCDKViewerURChar setCDKViewerVerticalChar cdk_viewer(3)
- Cdk viewer list widget
- add_clip_rect(3)
- Intersects a bitmap's clipping rectangle with the given area. Allegro game programming library
- add_wch(3x), %add_wch(3x), %wadd_wch(3x), %mvadd_wch(3x), %mvwadd_wch(3x), %echo_wchar(3x), %wecho_wchar(3x)
- add a curses complex character to a window and advance the cursor
- add_wchnstr(3x), %add_wchstr(3x), %add_wchnstr(3x), %wadd_wchstr(3x), %wadd_wchnstr(3x), %mvadd_wchstr(3x), %mvadd_wchnstr(3x), %mvwadd_wchstr(3x), %mvwadd_wchnstr(3x)
- add a curses complex character string to a window
- addch(3x), %addch(3x), %waddch(3x), %mvaddch(3x), %mvwaddch(3x), %echochar(3x), %wechochar(3x)
- add a curses character to a window and advance the cursor
- addchnstr(3x), %addchstr(3x), %addchnstr(3x), %waddchstr(3x), %waddchnstr(3x), %mvaddchstr(3x), %mvaddchnstr(3x), %mvwaddchstr(3x), %mvwaddchnstr(3x)
- add a curses character string to a window
- addftinfo(1)
- add information to troff font files for use with groff
- addnstr(3x), %addstr(3x), %addnstr(3x), %waddstr(3x), %waddnstr(3x), %mvaddstr(3x), %mvaddnstr(3x), %mvwaddstr(3x), %mvwaddnstr(3x)
- add a string to a curses window and advance the cursor
- addnwstr(3x), %addwstr(3x), %addnwstr(3x), %waddwstr(3x), %waddnwstr(3x), %mvaddwstr(3x), %mvaddnwstr(3x), %mvwaddwstr(3x), %mvwaddnwstr(3x)
- add a wide-character string to a curses window and advance the cursor
- addrdsrecwindow(3)
- adds a rectangle in the windowing of rds structure. man1/alc_origin.1
- aerbu(1), aegis review begin undo(1)
- stop reviewing a change
- aescrypt(1)
- encrypt data using Rijndael, the Advanced Encryption Standard winner
- aesget(1)
- decrypt data using Rijndael, the Advanced Encryption Standard winner
- afcclient(1)
- Interact with AFC/HouseArrest service on a connected device
- afew(1)
- afew Documentation afew is an initial tagging script for notmuch mail: 0.0 (bu 2 %http://notmuchmail.org/ (bu 2 %http://notmuchmail.org/initial_tagging/ Its basic task is to provide automatic tagging each time new mail is registered with notmuch. In a classic setup, you might call it after notmuch new in an offlineimap post sync hook or in the notmuch post-new hook. It can do basic thing such as adding tags based on email headers or maildir folders, handling killed threads and spam. fyi: afew plays nicely with alot, a GUI for notmuch mail ;) 0.0 (bu 2 %https://github.com/pazz/alot Contents:
- afgetresultmd(3)
- get metadata associated with search results
- afmtodit(1)
- create font files for use with groff -Tps
- afpgetstatus(1)
- Get simple status information from an AFP server without logging into it
- afterstep(1)
- X11 window manager
- afterstep_faq(1x)
- This document is an ever growing set of questions, statements, ideas and complaints about AfterStep version 2.0
- agedu(1)
- correlate disk usage with last-access times to identify large and disused data
- aggregartp(1)
- Splits a single RTP stream to several contribution links with load balancing
- ahost(1)
- print the A or AAAA record associated with a hostname or IP address
- aireplay-ng(8)
- inject packets into a wireless network to generate traffic
- airmon-ng(8)
- POSIX sh script designed to turn wireless cards into monitor mode
- airodump-ng(8)
- a wireless packet capture tool for aircrack-ng
- airserv-ng(8)
- a wireless card server
- airventriloquist-ng(8)
- encrypted WiFi packet injection
- al175(8)
- Driver for Eltek UPS models with AL175 alarm module
- al_acknowledge_drawing_halt(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_acknowledge_drawing_resume(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_apply_window_constraints(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_calloc_with_context(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_create_thread_with_stacksize(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_draw_filled_polygon_with_holes(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_findclose(3)
- Closes a previously opened search with al_findfirst(). Allegro game programming library
- al_free_with_context(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_bitmap_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_display_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_glyph_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_new_window_position(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_new_window_title(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_pixel_block_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_text_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_ustr_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_video_scaled_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_win_window_handle(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_window_constraints(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_window_position(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_get_x_window_id(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_hold_bitmap_drawing(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_iphone_get_window(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_is_bitmap_drawing_held(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_malloc_with_context(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_osx_get_window(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_realloc_with_context(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_rewind_audio_stream(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_set_new_window_position(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_set_new_window_title(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_set_window_constraints(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_set_window_position(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_set_window_title(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_start_video_with_voice(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_utf16_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_utf8_width(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_win_add_window_callback(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- al_win_remove_window_callback(3)
- Allegro 5 API
- alert3(3)
- Like alert(), but with three buttons. Allegro game programming library
- align(1)
- compute the global alignment of two protein or DNA sequences align0 - compute the global alignment of two protein or DNA sequences without penalizing for end-gaps
- alloc_surface(3), alloc_surface (3)
- Create an empty, non-visible surface with a preset storage
- allocrdsrecwin(3)
- allocates a structure used to know windows which contains a rectangle. man1/alc_origin.1
- allocrdswin(3)
- allocates window's table man1/alc_origin.1
- allocrdswindow(3)
- allocates a window structure man1/alc_origin.1
- allocrdswinrec(3)
- allocates a structure used to create a list of tables of rectangles. man1/alc_origin.1
- alsamixer(1)
- soundcard mixer for ALSA soundcard driver, with ncurses interface
- alttab(1)
- the task switcher
- amanda-interactivity(7)
- Configuring Interactivity with Amanda Amanda
- ambsdtar(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with BSD Tar
- amgtar(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with GNU Tar
- ampgsql(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with PostgreSQL
- amsamba(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with smbclient
- amstar(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with star
- amsuntar(8)
- Amanda Application to interface with native tar utility available on solaris platforms
- amt-howto(7)
- Intel AMT with linux mini howto
- amulegui(1)
- aMule control program with GUI
- anemone(6)
- wiggling tentacles
- ansiweather(1)
- weather in terminal, with ANSI colors and Unicode symbols
- anyremote(1)
- control PC with Bluetooth/Wi-Fi cell phone
- apcpwr(8)
- control power on/off/reboot via an APC MasterSwitch
- apertium-deshtml-alt(1)
- HTML format processor for Apertium with alt-translation
- apertium-desmediawiki(1)
- MediaWiki format processor for Apertium
- apertium-remediawiki(1)
- MediaWiki format processor for Apertium
- aphelia(1)
- the minimalist window manager
- apparix(1)
- augmenting cd with bookmarks
- appjail-pkg(1)
- Manipulate packages within a jail
- appjail-service(1)
- Control (start/stop/etc.) or list system services within a jail
- appjail-sysrc(1)
- Safely edit system rc files within a jail
- appl_arguments(3), appl_arguments (3)
- Retrieve the (arguments) used with the appl- entrypoint
- aranym-mmu(1), ARAnyM(1)
- Atari Running on Any Machine with 68040 MMU enabled
- arcan_cfgfs(1), arcan-cfgfs(1)
- FUSE file system driver for window manager automation
- ares_destroy_options(3)
- Destroy options initialized with ares_save_options
- ares_search(3)
- Initiate a DNS query with domain search
- ares_threadsafety(3)
- Query if c-ares was built with thread-safety
- argv0(1)
- runs a program with a specified 0th argument
- arm-gnueabi-freebsd14.2-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- arm-gnueabi-freebsd14.2-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- arm-none-eabi-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- arm-none-eabi-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- arp-sk(1)
- A swiss knife tool for ARP
- assa-genesis(1)
- generates skeleton files for RAD development with ASSA library
- astbuildprog(1), BuildProgram(1)
- compile, link with Gnuastro library and its dependencies, and run a C program
- astconvolve(1), Convolve(1)
- convolve an image with a given kernel
- astscript-psf-stamp(1)
- Make normalized stamp with other sources masked
- atari-hd-image(1)
- tool for creating a harddisk image for use with Hatari
- aterm(1), aterm (Afterstep XVT)(1)
- a VT102 emulator for the X window system
- atf-c(3), ATF_CHECK(3), ATF_CHECK_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_EQ(3), ATF_CHECK_EQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_MATCH(3), ATF_CHECK_MATCH_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_STREQ(3), ATF_CHECK_STREQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_INTEQ(3), ATF_CHECK_INTEQ_MSG(3), ATF_CHECK_ERRNO(3), ATF_REQUIRE(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_STREQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_STREQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_INTEQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_INTEQ_MSG(3), ATF_REQUIRE_ERRNO(3), ATF_TC(3), ATF_TC_BODY(3), ATF_TC_BODY_NAME(3), ATF_TC_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TC_CLEANUP_NAME(3), ATF_TC_HEAD(3), ATF_TC_HEAD_NAME(3), ATF_TC_NAME(3), ATF_TC_WITH_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TC_WITHOUT_HEAD(3), ATF_TP_ADD_TC(3), ATF_TP_ADD_TCS(3), atf_tc_get_config_var(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_wd(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_bool(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_bool_wd(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_long(3), atf_tc_get_config_var_as_long_wd(3), atf_no_error(3), atf_tc_expect_death(3), atf_tc_expect_exit(3), atf_tc_expect_fail(3), atf_tc_expect_pass(3), atf_tc_expect_signal(3), atf_tc_expect_timeout(3), atf_tc_fail(3), atf_tc_fail_nonfatal(3), atf_tc_pass(3), atf_tc_skip(3), atf_utils_cat_file(3), atf_utils_compare_file(3), atf_utils_copy_file(3), atf_utils_create_file(3), atf_utils_file_exists(3), atf_utils_fork(3), atf_utils_free_charpp(3), atf_utils_grep_file(3), atf_utils_grep_string(3), atf_utils_readline(3), atf_utils_redirect(3), atf_utils_wait(3)
- C API to write ATF-based test programs
- atf-c++(3), ATF_ADD_TEST_CASE(3), ATF_CHECK_ERRNO(3), ATF_FAIL(3), ATF_INIT_TEST_CASES(3), ATF_PASS(3), ATF_REQUIRE(3), ATF_REQUIRE_EQ(3), ATF_REQUIRE_ERRNO(3), ATF_REQUIRE_IN(3), ATF_REQUIRE_MATCH(3), ATF_REQUIRE_NOT_IN(3), ATF_REQUIRE_THROW(3), ATF_REQUIRE_THROW_RE(3), ATF_SKIP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_BODY(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_HEAD(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_NAME(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_USE(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_WITH_CLEANUP(3), ATF_TEST_CASE_WITHOUT_HEAD(3), atf::utils::cat_file(3), atf::utils::compare_file(3), atf::utils::copy_file(3), atf::utils::create_file(3), atf::utils::file_exists(3), atf::utils::fork(3), atf::utils::grep_collection(3), atf::utils::grep_file(3), atf::utils::grep_string(3), atf::utils::redirect(3), atf::utils::wait(3)
- C++ API to write ATF-based test programs
- atlantis(6)
- draw swimming sharks, whales, and dolphins
- atomx(1)
- manage X atoms on a window
- atslogd(8)
- ATSlog gives the convenient interface for viewing and analysing calls of various models PBX
- atslogmaster(8)
- ATSlog gives the convenient interface for viewing and analysing bells of various models PBX
- attr_get(3x), %attr_get(3x), %wattr_get(3x), %attr_set(3x), %wattr_set(3x), %attr_off(3x), %wattr_off(3x), %attr_on(3x), %wattr_on(3x), %attroff(3x), %wattroff(3x), %attron(3x), %wattron(3x), %attrset(3x), %wattrset(3x), %chgat(3x), %wchgat(3x), %mvchgat(3x), %mvwchgat(3x), %color_set(3x), %wcolor_set(3x), %standend(3x), %wstandend(3x), %standout(3x), %wstandout(3x)
- manipulate attributes of character cells in curses windows
- auth2elem(3)
- element in an hash table with two keys
- automatic_lists_description.conf(5)
- Description of automatic list creation with web interface
- autool(1)
- audio play/record tool compatible with audiotool
- autosupport(8)
- interactive script to provide Digium[tm]'s support with information
- avahi-bookmarks(1)
- Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services using the Avahi daemon
- avr-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- avr-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- awesome(1)
- awesome window manager
- awesome-client(1)
- awesome window manager remote execution
- awesomerc(5)
- Configuration file for the awesome window manager
- awka-elmref(5)
- Awka API Reference for use with Awka-ELM libraries
- axohelp(1)
- helper program for use of LaTeX package axodraw2 with pdflatex
- balance(1), balance 3.54(1)
- A simple TCP proxy with load balancing and failover mechanisms
- barman(1)
- Barman Commands Barman has a command-line interface named barman, which is used basically to interact with Barman(aqs backend. Before jumping into each of the sub-commands of barman, be aware that barman has global options available for all of the sub-commands. These options can modify the behavior of the sub-commands and can be used as follows:
- barman(5)
- Barman Configurations Barman follows a convention over configuration approach, which simplifies configuration by allowing some options to be defined globally and overridden at the server level. This means you can set a default behavior for your servers and then customize specific servers as needed. This design reduces the need for excessive configuration while maintaining flexibility
- barman-cloud-backup(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-backup [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ { { -z | --gzip } | { -j | --bzip2 } | --snappy } ] [ { -h | --host } HOST ] [ { -p | --port } PORT ] [ { -U | --user } USER ] [ { -d | --dbname } DBNAME ] [ { -n | --name } BACKUP_NAME ] [ { -J | --jobs } JOBS ] [ { -S | --max-archive-size } MAX_ARCHIVE_SIZE ] [ --immediate-checkpoint ] [ --min-chunk-size MIN_CHUNK_SIZE ] [ --max-bandwidth MAX_BANDWIDTH ] [ --snapshot-instance SNAPSHOT_INSTANCE ] [ --snapshot-disk NAME ] [ --snapshot-zone GCP_ZONE ] [ -snapshot-gcp-project GCP_PROJECT ] [ --tags TAG [ TAG ... ] ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { -e | --encryption } { AES256 | aws:kms } ] [ --sse-kms-key-id SSE_KMS_KEY_ID ] [ --aws-region AWS_REGION ] [ --aws-await-snapshots-timeout AWS_AWAIT_SNAPSHOTS_TIMEOUT ] [ --aws-snapshot-lock-mode { compliance | governance } ] [ --aws-snapshot-lock-duration DAYS ] [ --aws-snapshot-lock-cool-off-period HOURS ] [ --aws-snapshot-lock-expiration-date DATETIME ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --encryption-scope ENCRYPTION_SCOPE ] [ --azure-subscription-id AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID ] [ --azure-resource-group AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP ] [ --gcp-project GCP_PROJECT ] [ --kms-key-name KMS_KEY_NAME ] [ --gcp-zone GCP_ZONE ] DESTINATION_URL SERVER_NAME Description The barman-cloud-backup script is used to create a local backup of a Postgres server and transfer it to a supported cloud provider, bypassing the Barman server. It can also be utilized as a hook script for copying Barman backups from the Barman server to one of the supported clouds (post_backup_retry_script). This script requires read access to PGDATA and tablespaces, typically run as the postgres user. When used on a Barman server, it requires read access to the directory where Barman backups are stored. If --snapshot- arguments are used and snapshots are supported by the selected cloud provider, the backup will be performed using snapshots of the specified disks (--snapshot-disk). The backup label and metadata will also be uploaded to the cloud. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. IMPORTANT: 0.0 3.5 The cloud upload may fail if any file larger than the configured --max-archive-size is present in the data directory or tablespaces. However, Postgres files up to 1GB are always allowed, regardless of the --max-archive-size setting. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server to be backed up. DESTINATION_URL URL of the cloud destination, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. -z / --gzip gzip-compress the backup while uploading to the cloud (should not be used with python < 3.2). -j / --bzip2 bzip2-compress the backup while uploading to the cloud (should not be used with python < 3.3). --snappy snappy-compress the backup while uploading to the cloud (requires optional python-snappy library). -h / --host Host or Unix socket for Postgres connection (default: libpq settings). -p / --port Port for Postgres connection (default: libpq settings). -U / --user User name for Postgres connection (default: libpq settings). -d / --dbname Database name or conninfo string for Postgres connection (default: (dqpostgres(dq). -n / --name A name which can be used to reference this backup in commands such as barman-cloud-restore and barman-cloud-backup-delete. -J / --jobs Number of subprocesses to upload data to cloud storage (default: 2). -S / --max-archive-size Maximum size of an archive when uploading to cloud storage (default: 100GB). --immediate-checkpoint Forces the initial checkpoint to be done as quickly as possible. --min-chunk-size Minimum size of an individual chunk when uploading to cloud storage (default: 5MB for aws-s3, 64KB for azure-blob-storage, not applicable for google-cloud-storage). --max-bandwidth The maximum amount of data to be uploaded per second when backing up to object storages (default: 0 - no limit). --snapshot-instance Instance where the disks to be backed up as snapshots are attached. --snapshot-disk Name of a disk from which snapshots should be taken. --tags Tags to be added to all uploaded files in cloud storage, and/or to snapshots created, if snapshots are used. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). -e / --encryption The encryption algorithm used when storing the uploaded data in S3. Allowed options: 7.0 (bu 2 AES256. (bu 2 aws:kms. --sse-kms-key-id The AWS KMS key ID that should be used for encrypting the uploaded data in S3. Can be specified using the key ID on its own or using the full ARN for the key. Only allowed if -e / --encryption is set to aws:kms. --aws-region The name of the AWS region containing the EC2 VM and storage volumes defined by the --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk arguments. --aws-await-snapshots-timeout The length of time in seconds to wait for snapshots to be created in AWS before timing out (default: 3600 seconds). --aws-snapshot-lock-mode The lock mode for the snapshot. This is only valid if --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk are set. Allowed options: 7.0 (bu 2 compliance. (bu 2 governance. --aws-snapshot-lock-duration The lock duration is the period of time (in days) for which the snapshot is to remain locked, ranging from 1 to 36,500. Set either the lock duration or the expiration date (not both). --aws-snapshot-lock-cool-off-period The cooling-off period is an optional period of time (in hours) that you can specify when you lock a snapshot in compliance mode, ranging from 1 to 72. --aws-snapshot-lock-expiration-date The lock duration is determined by an expiration date in the future. It must be at least 1 day after the snapshot creation date and time, using the format YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ. Set either the lock duration or the expiration date (not both). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default. --encryption-scope The name of an encryption scope defined in the Azure Blob Storage service which is to be used to encrypt the data in Azure. --azure-subscription-id The ID of the Azure subscription which owns the instance and storage volumes defined by the --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk arguments. --azure-resource-group The name of the Azure resource group to which the compute instance and disks defined by the --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk arguments belong. Extra options for GCP cloud provider 0.0 --gcp-project GCP project under which disk snapshots should be stored. --snapshot-gcp-project (deprecated) GCP project under which disk snapshots should be stored - replaced by --gcp-project. --kms-key-name The name of the GCP KMS key which should be used for encrypting the uploaded data in GCS. --gcp-zone Zone of the disks from which snapshots should be taken. --snapshot-zone (deprecated) Zone of the disks from which snapshots should be taken - replaced by --gcp-zone
- barman-cloud-backup-delete(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-backup-delete [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -r | --retention-policy } RETENTION_POLICY ] [ { -m | --minimum-redundancy } MINIMUM_REDUNDANCY ] [ { -b | --backup-id } BACKUP_ID] [ --dry-run ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [--batch-size DELETE_BATCH_SIZE] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME Description The barman-cloud-backup-delete script is used to delete one or more backups created with the barman-cloud-backup command from cloud storage and to remove the associated WAL files. Backups can be specified for deletion either by their backup ID (as obtained from barman-cloud-backup-list) or by a retention policy. Retention policies mirror those used by the Barman server, deleting all backups that are not required to meet the specified policy. When a backup is deleted, any unused WAL files associated with that backup are also removed. WALs are considered unused if: 0.0 (bu 2 The WALs predate the begin_wal value of the oldest remaining backup. (bu 2 The WALs are not required by any archival backups stored in the cloud. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. IMPORTANT: 0.0 3.5 Each backup deletion involves three separate requests to the cloud provider: one for the backup files, one for the backup.info file, and one for the associated WALs. Deleting by retention policy may result in a high volume of delete requests if a large number of backups are accumulated in cloud storage. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that holds the backup to be deleted. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. -b / --backup-id ID of the backup to be deleted -m / --minimum-redundancy The minimum number of backups that should always be available. -r / --retention-policy If specified, delete all backups eligible for deletion according to the supplied retention policy. Syntax: REDUNDANCY value | RECOVERY WINDOW OF value { DAYS | WEEKS | MONTHS } --batch-size The maximum number of objects to be deleted in a single request to the cloud provider. If unset then the maximum allowed batch size for the specified cloud provider will be used (1000 for aws-s3, 256 for azure-blob-storage and 100 for google-cloud-storage). --dry-run Find the objects which need to be deleted but do not delete them. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-cloud-backup-keep(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-backup-keep [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ { { -r | --release } | { -s | --status } | --target { full | standalone } } ] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME BACKUP_ID Description Use this script to designate backups in cloud storage as archival backups, ensuring their indefinite retention regardless of retention policies. This script allows you to mark backups previously created with barman-cloud-backup as archival backups. Once flagged as archival, these backups are preserved indefinitely and are not subject to standard retention policies. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that holds the backup to be kept. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. BACKUP_ID The ID of the backup to be kept. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. -r / --release If specified, the command will remove the keep annotation and the backup will be eligible for deletion. -s / --status Print the keep status of the backup. --target Specify the recovery target for this backup. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 full (bu 2 standalone Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-cloud-backup-list(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-backup-list [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --format FORMAT ] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME Description This script lists backups stored in the cloud that were created using the barman-cloud-backup command. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that holds the backup to be listed. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. --format Output format (console or json). Default console. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-cloud-backup-show(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-backup-show [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --format FORMAT ] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME BACKUP_ID Description This script displays detailed information about a specific backup created with the barman-cloud-backup command. The output is similar to the barman show-backup from the %barman show-backup command reference, but it has fewer information. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 BACKUP_ID The ID of the backup. SERVER_NAME Name of the server that holds the backup to be displayed. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. --format Output format (console or json). Default console. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-cloud-check-wal-archive(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-check-wal-archive [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --timeline TIMELINE ] DESTINATION_URL SERVER_NAME Description Verify that the WAL archive destination for a server is suitable for use with a new Postgres cluster. By default, the check will succeed if the WAL archive is empty or if the target bucket is not found. Any other conditions will result in a failure. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that needs to be checked. DESTINATION_URL URL of the cloud destination, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. --timeline The earliest timeline whose WALs should cause the check to fail. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-cloud-restore(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-restore [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --snapshot-recovery-instance SNAPSHOT_RECOVERY_INSTANCE ] [ --snapshot-recovery-zone GCP_ZONE ] [ --aws-region AWS_REGION ] [ --gcp-zone GCP_ZONE ] [ --azure-resource-group AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP ] [ --tablespace NAME:LOCATION [ --tablespace NAME:LOCATION ... ] ] [ --target-lsn LSN ] [ --target-time TIMESTAMP ] [ --target-tli TLI ] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME BACKUP_ID RECOVERY_DESTINATION Description Use this script to restore a backup directly from cloud storage that was created with the barman-cloud-backup command. Additionally, this script can prepare for recovery from a snapshot backup by verifying that attached disks were cloned from the correct snapshots and by downloading the backup label from object storage. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that holds the backup to be restored. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. BACKUP_ID The ID of the backup to be restored. Use auto to have Barman automatically find the most suitable backup for the restore operation. RECOVERY_DESTINATION The path to a directory for recovery. -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. --snapshot-recovery-instance Instance where the disks recovered from the snapshots are attached. --tablespace Tablespace relocation rule. --target-lsn The recovery target lsn, e.g., 3/64000000. --target-time The recovery target timestamp with or without timezone, in the format %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S. --target-tli The recovery target timeline. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). --aws-region The name of the AWS region containing the EC2 VM and storage volumes defined by the --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk arguments. Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default. --azure-resource-group The name of the Azure resource group to which the compute instance and disks defined by the --snapshot-instance and --snapshot-disk arguments belong. Extra options for GCP cloud provider 0.0 --gcp-zone Zone of the disks from which snapshots should be taken. --snapshot-recovery-zone (deprecated) Zone containing the instance and disks for the snapshot recovery - replaced by --gcp-zone
- barman-cloud-wal-archive(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-wal-archive [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ { { -z | --gzip } | { -j | --bzip2 } | --xz | --snappy | --zstd | --lz4 } ] [ --tags TAG [ TAG ... ] ] [ --history-tags HISTORY_TAG [ HISTORY_TAG ... ] ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { -e | --encryption } ENCRYPTION ] [ --sse-kms-key-id SSE_KMS_KEY_ID ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --encryption-scope ENCRYPTION_SCOPE ] [ --max-block-size MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ] [ --max-concurrency MAX_CONCURRENCY ] [ --max-single-put-size MAX_SINGLE_PUT_SIZE ] [ --kms-key-name KMS_KEY_NAME ] DESTINATION_URL SERVER_NAME [ WAL_PATH ] Description The barman-cloud-wal-archive command is designed to be used in the archive_command of a Postgres server to directly ship WAL files to cloud storage. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 If you are using Python 2 or unsupported versions of Python 3, avoid using the compression options --gzip or --bzip2. The script cannot restore gzip-compressed WALs on Python < 3.2 or bzip2-compressed WALs on Python < 3.3. This script enables the direct transfer of WAL files to cloud storage, bypassing the Barman server. Additionally, it can be utilized as a hook script for WAL archiving (pre_archive_retry_script). NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that will have the WALs archived. DESTINATION_URL URL of the cloud destination, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. WAL_PATH The value of the (aq%p(aq keyword (according to archive_command). -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. -z / --gzip gzip-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud. -j / --bzip2 bzip2-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud. --xz xz-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud. --snappy snappy-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud (requires optional python-snappy library). --zstd zstd-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud (requires optional zstandard library). --lz4 lz4-compress the WAL while uploading to the cloud (requires optional lz4 library). --tags Tags to be added to archived WAL files in cloud storage. --history-tags Tags to be added to archived history files in cloud storage. Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). -e / --encryption The encryption algorithm used when storing the uploaded data in S3. Allowed options: 7.0 (bu 2 AES256. (bu 2 aws:kms. --sse-kms-key-id The AWS KMS key ID that should be used for encrypting the uploaded data in S3. Can be specified using the key ID on its own or using the full ARN for the key. Only allowed if -e / --encryption is set to aws:kms. Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default. --encryption-scope The name of an encryption scope defined in the Azure Blob Storage service which is to be used to encrypt the data in Azure. --max-block-size The chunk size to be used when uploading an object via the concurrent chunk method (default: 4MB). --max-concurrency The maximum number of chunks to be uploaded concurrently (default: 1). --max-single-put-size Maximum size for which the Azure client will upload an object in a single request (default: 64MB). If this is set lower than the Postgres WAL segment size after any applied compression then the concurrent chunk upload method for WAL archiving will be used. Extra options for GCP cloud provider 0.0 --kms-key-name The name of the GCP KMS key which should be used for encrypting the uploaded data in GCS
- barman-cloud-wal-restore(1) - Barman-cloud Commands Synopsis 0.0 3.5 barman-cloud-wal-restore [ { -V | --version } ] [ --help ] [ { { -v | --verbose } | { -q | --quiet } } ] [ { -t | --test } ] [ --cloud-provider { aws-s3 | azure-blob-storage | google-cloud-storage } ] [ --endpoint-url ENDPOINT_URL ] [ { -P | --aws-profile } AWS_PROFILE ] [ --profile AWS_PROFILE ] [ --read-timeout READ_TIMEOUT ] [ { --azure-credential | --credential } { azure-cli | managed-identity | default } ] [ --no-partial ] SOURCE_URL SERVER_NAME WAL_NAME WAL_DEST Description The barman-cloud-wal-restore script functions as the restore_command for retrieving WAL files from cloud storage and placing them directly into a Postgres standby server, bypassing the Barman server. This script is used to download WAL files that were previously archived with the barman-cloud-wal-archive command. Disable automatic download of .partial files by calling --no-partial option. IMPORTANT: 0.0 3.5 On the target Postgres node, when pg_wal and the spool directory are on the same filesystem, files are moved via renaming, which is faster than copying and deleting. This speeds up serving WAL files significantly. If the directories are on different filesystems, the process still involves copying and deleting, so there(aqs no performance gain in that case. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 For GCP, only authentication with GOOGLE_APPLICATION_CREDENTIALS env is supported. Parameters 0.0 SERVER_NAME Name of the server that will have WALs restored. SOURCE_URL URL of the cloud source, such as a bucket in AWS S3. For example: s3://bucket/path/to/folder. WAL_NAME The value of the (aq%f(aq keyword (according to restore_command). WAL_DEST The value of the (aq%p(aq keyword (according to restore_command). -V / --version Show version and exit. --help show this help message and exit. -v / --verbose Increase output verbosity (e.g., -vv is more than -v). -q / --quiet Decrease output verbosity (e.g., -qq is less than -q). -t / --test Test cloud connectivity and exit. --cloud-provider The cloud provider to use as a storage backend. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 aws-s3. (bu 2 azure-blob-storage. (bu 2 google-cloud-storage. --no-partial Do not download partial WAL files Extra options for the AWS cloud provider 0.0 --endpoint-url Override default S3 endpoint URL with the given one. -P / --aws-profile Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file). --profile (deprecated) Profile name (e.g. INI section in AWS credentials file)
- replaced by --aws-profile. --read-timeout The time in seconds until a timeout is raised when waiting to read from a connection (defaults to 60 seconds). Extra options for the Azure cloud provider 0.0 --azure-credential / --credential Optionally specify the type of credential to use when authenticating with Azure. If omitted then Azure Blob Storage credentials will be obtained from the environment and the default Azure authentication flow will be used for authenticating with all other Azure services. If no credentials can be found in the environment then the default Azure authentication flow will also be used for Azure Blob Storage. Allowed options are: 7.0 (bu 2 azure-cli. (bu 2 managed-identity. (bu 2 default
- barman-config-switch(1)
- Barman Sub-Commands
- barman-switch-wal(1)
- Barman Sub-Commands
- barman-switch-xlog(1)
- Barman Sub-Commands
- bastet(6)
- Tetris(r) clone with "bastard" block-choosing AI
- bat(1)
- a cat(1) clone with syntax highlighting and Git integration
- bayesol(1)
- a Bayes solution calculator for use with dbacl
- bbkeys(1)
- a general XWindow keygrabber
- bclock(1)
- round X clock with bezier curve hands
- bcwipe(1)
- securely erase data from magnetic and solid-state memory (c) 2002-2008 Jetico, Inc. http://www.jetico.com
- bddToAblCct(3)
- converts a BDD into an ABL within a circuit
- beadm(8)
- manage boot environments with ZFS
- bedup(8)
- deduplication program with additional knowledge of burp
- beep(3x), %beep(3x), %flash(3x)
- ring the (visual) bell of the terminal with curses
- beetsconfig(5)
- beets configuration file Beets has an extensive configuration system that lets you customize nearly every aspect of its operation. To configure beets, you create a file called config.yaml. The location of the file depends on your platform (type beet config -p to see the path on your system): 0.0 (bu 2 On Unix-like OSes, write ~/.config/beets/config.yaml. (bu 2 On Windows, use %APPDATA%ebeetseconfig.yaml. This is usually in a directory like C:eUserseYoueAppDataeRoaming. (bu 2 On OS X, you can use either the Unix location or ~/Library/Application Support/beets/config.yaml. You can launch your text editor to create or update your configuration by typing beet config -e. (See the X'tty: link #config-cmd'%configX'tty: link' command for details.) It is also possible to customize the location of the configuration file and even use multiple layers of configuration. See %Configuration Location, below. The config file uses X'tty: link https://yaml.org/'%YAMLX'tty: link' syntax. You can use the full power of YAML, but most configuration options are simple key/value pairs. This means your config file will look like this: 0.0 3.5 option: value another_option: foo bigger_option: key: value foo: bar In YAML, you will need to use spaces (not tabs!) to indent some lines. If you have questions about more sophisticated syntax, take a look at the X'tty: link https://yaml.org/'%YAMLX'tty: link' documentation. The rest of this page enumerates the dizzying litany of configuration options available in beets. You might also want to see an %example. 0.0 (bu 2 %Global Options 2.0 (bu 2 %library (bu 2 %directory (bu 2 %plugins (bu 2 %include (bu 2 %pluginpath (bu 2 %ignore (bu 2 %ignore_hidden (bu 2 %replace (bu 2 %path_sep_replace (bu 2 %asciify_paths (bu 2 %art_filename (bu 2 %threaded (bu 2 %format_item (bu 2 %format_album (bu 2 %sort_item (bu 2 %sort_album (bu 2 %sort_case_insensitive (bu 2 %original_date (bu 2 %artist_credit (bu 2 %per_disc_numbering (bu 2 %aunique (bu 2 %sunique (bu 2 %terminal_encoding (bu 2 %clutter (bu 2 %max_filename_length (bu 2 %id3v23 (bu 2 %va_name (bu 2 %UI Options 2.0 (bu 2 %color (bu 2 %colors (bu 2 %terminal_width (bu 2 %length_diff_thresh (bu 2 %import (bu 2 %Importer Options 2.0 (bu 2 %write (bu 2 %copy (bu 2 %move (bu 2 %link (bu 2 %hardlink (bu 2 %reflink (bu 2 %resume (bu 2 %incremental (bu 2 %incremental_skip_later (bu 2 %from_scratch (bu 2 %quiet (bu 2 %quiet_fallback (bu 2 %none_rec_action (bu 2 %timid (bu 2 %log (bu 2 %default_action (bu 2 %languages (bu 2 %ignored_alias_types (bu 2 %detail (bu 2 %group_albums (bu 2 %autotag (bu 2 %duplicate_keys (bu 2 %duplicate_action (bu 2 %duplicate_verbose_prompt (bu 2 %bell (bu 2 %set_fields (bu 2 %singleton_album_disambig (bu 2 %MusicBrainz Options 2.0 (bu 2 %enabled (bu 2 %searchlimit (bu 2 %extra_tags (bu 2 %genres (bu 2 %external_ids (bu 2 %Autotagger Matching Options 2.0 (bu 2 %max_rec (bu 2 %preferred (bu 2 %ignored (bu 2 %required (bu 2 %ignored_media (bu 2 %ignore_data_tracks (bu 2 %ignore_video_tracks (bu 2 %Path Format Configuration (bu 2 %Configuration Location 2.0 (bu 2 %Environment Variable (bu 2 %Command-Line Option (bu 2 %Default Location (bu 2 %Example
- berry(1)
- floating window manager
- berryc(1)
- client for berry window manager
- besside-ng(8)
- crack a WEP or WPA key without user intervention and collaborate with WPA cracking statistics
- bgpd(8)
- a BGPv4, BGPv4+, BGPv4- routing engine for use with Quagga routing software
- bin2rec(1)
- converts biosignal data produced with rec2bin, into a gdf file. rec2bin and bin2rec are complementary functions, which can be useful to dump data, edit date and revert it back into the original format
- bindtags.tk86(n), bindtags(n)
- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation
- bino(1), Bino(1)
- a 3D video player with multi-display support
- bitmap(1), bmtoa(1), atobm(1)
- bitmap editor and converter utilities for the X Window System
- bittwist(1)
- -- pcap based ethernet packet generator
- bittwiste(1)
- -- pcap capture file editor
- bitwise(1)
- Terminal based bit manipulator in ncurses
- bkgd(3x), %bkgdset(3x), %wbkgdset(3x), %bkgd(3x), %wbkgd(3x), %getbkgd(3x)
- manipulate background of a curses window of characters
- bkgrnd(3x), %bkgrnd(3x), %wbkgrnd(3x), %bkgrndset(3x), %wbkgrndset(3x), %getbkgrnd(3x), %wgetbkgrnd(3x)
- manipulate background of a curses window of wide characters
- bl_vcf_call_in_alignment(3), bl_vcf_call_in_alignment()(3)
- Return true if VCF call is within alignment
- bl_vcf_call_out_of_order(3), bl_vcf_call_out_of_order()(3)
- Terminate with VCF sort error message
- blackbox(1)
- a window manager for X11
- blind-colour-ciexyz(1)
- Convert CIE XYZ for use with blind-single-colour(1)
- blind-colour-srgb(1)
- Convert sRGB for use with blind-single-colour(1)
- blind-rotate-270(1)
- Rotate a video 270 degrees clockwise
- blind-rotate-90(1)
- Rotate a video 90 degrees clockwise
- blind-time-blur(1)
- Draw new frames on top of old frames with partial alpha
- blind-translate(1)
- Perform framewise translation of a video
- blocktube(6)
- draws a swirling, falling tunnel of reflective slabs
- bmon(8)
- bandwidth monitor and rate estimator
- bmp_read_line(3)
- Direct access bank switching line selection for reading. Allegro game programming library
- bmp_unwrite_line(3)
- Direct access bank switching line release. Allegro game programming library
- bmp_write_line(3)
- Direct access bank switching line selection for writing. Allegro game programming library
- bombardment(1)
- Run siege with an ever-increasing number of users
- border(3x), %border(3x), %wborder(3x), %box(3x), %hline(3x), %whline(3x), %vline(3x), %wvline(3x), %mvhline(3x), %mvwhline(3x), %mvvline(3x), %mvwvline(3x)
- draw borders and lines in a curses window of characters
- border_set(3x), %border_set(3x), %wborder_set(3x), %box_set(3x), %hline_set(3x), %whline_set(3x), %mvhline_set(3x), %mvwhline_set(3x), %vline_set(3x), %wvline_set(3x), %mvvline_set(3x), %mvwvline_set(3x)
- draw borders and lines in a curses window of wide characters
- borg-with-lock(1)
- run a user specified command with the repository lock held
- boxes(1)
- text mode box and comment drawing filter
- boxfit(6)
- fills space with a gradient of growing boxes or circles
- bprintf(1)
- formatted output with named arguments
- bpython(1)
- a fancy {curtsies, curses, urwid} interface to the Python interactive interpreter
- bsd.arduino.mk(7)
- build Arduino sketches with make(1)
- bsetbg(1)
- utility to manipulate the appearance of the X11 desktop's root window
- bsetroot(1)
- blackbox utility to change root window appearance
- bspwm(1)
- Binary space partitioning window manager
- btm(1)
- A customizable cross-platform graphical process/system monitor for the terminal. Supports Linux, macOS, and Windows
- buddy-ng(1)
- a tool to work with easside-ng
- budgie-daemon(1)
- budgie process to interface with various budgie and GNOME dbus interfaces
- budgie-desktop-settings(1)
- Settings window for budgie-desktop
- budgie-panel(1)
- graphical component that display budgie widgets
- budgie-wm(1)
- wrapper around libmutter that forms the window management for budgie
- bugzilla(1)
- command line tool for interacting with Bugzilla
- buildrdswindow(3)
- builds windowing of a figure man1/alc_origin.1
- bundle_go(3)
- launches a coroutine within a bundle
- bundle_go_mem(3)
- launches a coroutine within a bundle
- burp_ca(8)
- program for generating certificates for use with burp
- busy(n)
- Make Tk widgets busy, temporarily blocking user interactions
- busybox(1), BusyBox(1)
- The Swiss Army Knife of Embedded Linux
- button.tk86(n), button(n)
- Create and manipulate 'button' action widgets
- bw_mem(8)
- time memory bandwidth
- bw_mem_rd(8)
- time memory read rate (with overhead)
- bw_unix(8)
- UNIX pipe bandwidth
- bwild(1)
- Bareos's 'wildcard' engine
- bwild(8)
- Bacula's 'wildcard' engine
- bwm-ng(1)
- Bandwidth Monitor NG (Next Generation), a live bandwidth monitor for network and disk io
- bwping(8)
- and bwping6 are tools to measure bandwidth and response times between two hosts using Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo request/echo reply mechanism
- byobu(1)
- wrapper script for seeding a user's byobu configuration and launching a text based window manager (either screen or tmux)
- byobu-screen(1)
- Launch byobu with screen as the backend
- byobu-select-backend(1)
- select your default Byobu backend window manager
- byobu-silent(1), byobu-silent-(1)
- Silence all of Byobu's status indicators, eliminate the hardstatus line, and the window list
- byobu-tmux(1)
- Launch byobu with tmux as the backend
- bzmore(1), bzless(1)
- file perusal filter for crt viewing of bzip2 compressed text
- c2ps(1)
- converts a file with C/C++ code to Postscript
- cairo-clock(1)
- an analog clock drawn with vector-graphics
- callback(3)
- closures with variable arguments as first-class C functions
- callpass(1)
- generate Pass-code associated with your callsign for authentication via xastir to APRS(tm) network
- canvas.tk86(n), canvas(n)
- Create and manipulate 'canvas' hypergraphics drawing surface widgets
- catior(1)
- Utility for viewing components of a stringified IOR
- cdda2wav(1)
- dumps CD audio data into sound files with extra data verification
- cdialog(3), dialog(3)
- widgets and utilities for the program
- cdk_draw(3)
- Cdk drawing functions
- cdk_position(3)
- Cdk widget positioning key-bindings
- cdk_process(3)
- Cdk widget pre/post-processing
- cdk_screen(3), destroyCDKScreen endCDK eraseCDKScreen initCDKColor initCDKScreen lowerCDKObject raiseCDKObject refreshCDKScreen registerCDKObject unregisterCDKObject cdk_screen(3)
- Cdk screen and widget manipulation functions
- ceylon-jigsaw(1), ceylon jigsaw(1)
- Tools to interop with Java 9 (Jigsaw) modules
- cgi_cs_init(3), cgi_cs_init (3)
- initialize CS parser with the CGI defaults
- cgi_destroy(3), cgi_destroy (3)
- deallocate the data associated with a CGI
- cgiwrap_init_std(3), cgiwrap_init_std (3)
- Initialize cgiwrap with default functions
- checkbutton.tk86(n), checkbutton(n)
- Create and manipulate 'checkbutton' boolean selection widgets
- checkmk(1)
- Awk script for generating C unit tests for use with the Check unit testing framework
- chewing-cli(1)
- Tools of the Chewing (酷音) intelligent Zhuyin input method
- chewing-cli-dump(1)
- Dump the dictionary entries into tsi.src formatted stream
- chewing-cli-info(1)
- Display information about the dictionary
- chewing-cli-init-database(1)
- Create a new dictionary file
- chompytower(6)
- a tree with teeth
- chpst(8)
- runs a program with a changed process state
- cht(1)
- chemtool drawings analyzer
- chwb(1)
- change window borders
- chwb2(1)
- change window double-borders
- chwso(1)
- change window stacking order
- ck_pr_and(3), ck_pr_and_ptr(3), ck_pr_and_char(3), ck_pr_and_uint(3), ck_pr_and_int(3), ck_pr_and_64(3), ck_pr_and_32(3), ck_pr_and_16(3), ck_pr_and_8(3)
- atomic bitwise-and operations
- ck_pr_or(3), ck_pr_or_ptr(3), ck_pr_or_char(3), ck_pr_or_uint(3), ck_pr_or_int(3), ck_pr_or_64(3), ck_pr_or_32(3), ck_pr_or_16(3), ck_pr_or_8(3)
- atomic bitwise-or operations
- ck_pr_xor(3), ck_pr_xor_ptr(3), ck_pr_xor_char(3), ck_pr_xor_uint(3), ck_pr_xor_int(3), ck_pr_xor_64(3), ck_pr_xor_32(3), ck_pr_xor_16(3), ck_pr_xor_8(3)
- atomic bitwise-xor operations
- clear(3x), %erase(3x), %werase(3x), %clear(3x), %wclear(3x), %clrtobot(3x), %wclrtobot(3x), %clrtoeol(3x), %wclrtoeol(3x)
- clear all or part of a curses window
- clig_Double(n), ::clig::Double(n)
- declare an option with parameters of type double
- clig_Float(n), ::clig::Float(n)
- declare an option with parameters of type float
- clig_Int(n), ::clig::Int(n)
- declare an option with parameters of type int
- clig_Long(n), ::clig::Long(n)
- declare an option with parameters of type long
- clig_Rest(n), ::clig::Rest(n)
- declare command line arguments not associated with any option
- clig_String(n), ::clig::String(n)
- declare an option with parameters of type string
- clone(8)
- Clone an UPS, treating its outlet as if it were an UPS (with shutdown INSTCMD support)
- cluster(1)
- find clusters in a graph and augment the graph with this information
- cmake-variables(7)
- CMake Variables Reference This page documents variables that are provided by CMake or have meaning to CMake when set by project code. For general information on variables, see the %Variables section in the cmake-language manual. NOTE: 0.0 3.5 CMake reserves identifiers that: 0.0 (bu 2 begin with CMAKE_ (upper-, lower-, or mixed-case), or (bu 2 begin with _CMAKE_ (upper-, lower-, or mixed-case), or (bu 2 begin with _ followed by the name of any %CMake Command
- cmap_initialize_map(3)
- Initialize CMAP API with a specific map
- cmdwatch(1)
- execute a program periodically, showing output fullscreen
- cnagios(1)
- colorized console display for viewing Nagios status information
- cntlm(1)
- authenticating HTTP(S) proxy with TCP/IP tunneling and acceleration
- coap_address(3), coap_address_t(3), coap_address_init(3), coap_address_copy(3), coap_address_equals(3), coap_address_get_port(3), coap_address_set_port(3), coap_get_available_scheme_hint_bits(3), coap_addr_info_t(3), coap_resolve_address_info(3), coap_free_address_info(3), coap_sockaddr_un(3), coap_address_set_unix_domain(3), coap_host_is_unix_domain(3), coap_is_bcast(3), coap_is_mcast(3), coap_is_af_unix(3)
- Work with CoAP Socket Address Types
- coap_async(3), coap_register_async(3), coap_async_trigger(3), coap_async_set_delay(3), coap_find_async(3), coap_free_async(3), coap_async_set_app_data(3), coap_async_get_app_data(3)
- Work with CoAP async support
- coap_attribute(3), coap_add_attr(3), coap_find_attr(3), coap_attr_get_value(3)
- Work with CoAP attributes
- coap_block(3), coap_context_set_block_mode(3), coap_context_set_max_block_size(3), coap_add_data_large_request(3), coap_add_data_large_response(3), coap_get_data_large(3), coap_block_build_body(3), coap_q_block_is_supported(3)
- Work with CoAP Blocks
- coap_cache(3), coap_cache_derive_key(3), coap_cache_derive_key_w_ignore(3), coap_delete_cache_key(3), coap_cache_ignore_options(3), coap_new_cache_entry(3), coap_delete_cache_entry(3), coap_cache_get_by_key(3), coap_cache_get_by_pdu(3), coap_cache_get_pdu(3), coap_cache_set_app_data(3), coap_cache_get_app_data(3)
- Work with CoAP cache functions
- coap_context(3), coap_new_context(3), coap_free_context(3), coap_context_set_max_idle_sessions(3), coap_context_get_max_idle_sessions(3), coap_context_set_max_handshake_sessions(3), coap_context_get_max_handshake_sessions(3), coap_context_set_session_timeout(3), coap_context_get_session_timeout(3), coap_context_set_csm_timeout_ms(3), coap_context_get_csm_timeout_ms(3), coap_context_set_max_token_size(3), coap_context_set_app_data(3), coap_context_get_app_data(3), coap_context_set_cid_tuple_change(3)
- Work with CoAP contexts
- coap_deprecated(3), coap_clear_event_handler(3), coap_context_get_csm_timeout(3), coap_context_set_csm_timeout(3), coap_context_set_psk(3), coap_encode_var_bytes(3), coap_new_client_session_psk(3), coap_option_clrb(3), coap_option_getb(3), coap_option_setb(3), coap_read(3), coap_register_handler(3), coap_resource_set_dirty(3), coap_run_once(3), coap_set_event_handler(3), coap_write(3), coap_get_app_data(3), coap_set_app_data(3)
- Work with CoAP deprecated functions
- coap_encryption(3), coap_dtls_cpsk_t(3), coap_dtls_spsk_t(3), coap_dtls_pki_t(3)
- Work with CoAP TLS/DTLS
- coap_endpoint_client(3), coap_new_client_session(3), coap_new_client_session_psk2(3), coap_new_client_session_pki(3), coap_session_set_mtu(3), coap_session_max_pdu_size(3), coap_mcast_set_hops(3)
- Work with CoAP client endpoints
- coap_endpoint_server(3), coap_context_set_pki(3), coap_context_set_pki_root_cas(3), coap_context_set_psk2(3), coap_new_endpoint(3), coap_free_endpoint(3), coap_endpoint_set_default_mtu(3), coap_join_mcast_group_intf(3), coap_mcast_per_resource(3)
- Work with CoAP server endpoints
- coap_handler(3), coap_register_request_handler(3), coap_register_response_handler(3), coap_register_nack_handler(3), coap_register_ping_handler(3), coap_register_pong_handler(3), coap_register_event_handler(3)
- Work with CoAP handlers
- coap_init(3), coap_startup(3), coap_cleanup(3)
- Work with CoAP initialization
- coap_io(3), coap_io_process(3), coap_io_process_with_fds(3), coap_context_get_coap_fd(3), coap_io_prepare_io(3), coap_io_do_io(3), coap_io_prepare_epoll(3), coap_io_do_epoll(3), coap_io_pending(3), coap_can_exit(3)
- Work with CoAP I/O to do the packet send and receives
- coap_keepalive(3), coap_context_set_keepalive(3)
- Work with CoAP keepalive
- coap_locking(3), coap_lock_init(3), coap_lock_lock(3), coap_lock_unlock(3), coap_lock_check_locked(3), coap_lock_callback(3), coap_lock_callback_release(3), coap_lock_callback_ret(3), coap_lock_callback_ret_release(3), coap_lock_invert(3)
- Work with CoAP thread safe locking
- coap_logging(3), coap_log(3), coap_log_emerg(3), coap_log_alert(3), coap_log_crit(3), coap_log_err(3), coap_log_warn(3), coap_log_info(3), coap_log_notice(3), coap_log_debug(3), coap_log_oscore(3), coap_get_log_level(3), coap_set_log_level(3), coap_dtls_log(3), coap_dtls_get_log_level(3), coap_dtls_set_log_level(3), coap_set_log_handler(3), coap_log_level_desc(3), coap_package_name(3), coap_package_version(3), coap_package_build(3), coap_set_show_pdu_output(3), coap_show_pdu(3), coap_endpoint_str(3), coap_session_str(3), coap_print_addr(3), coap_print_ip_addr(3)
- Work with CoAP logging
- coap_lwip(3), coap_lwip_dump_memory_pools(3), coap_lwip_set_input_wait_handler(3)
- Work with CoAP lwip specific API handler
- coap_observe(3), coap_resource_set_get_observable(3), coap_resource_notify_observers(3), coap_cancel_observe(3), coap_session_set_no_observe_cancel(3)
- Work with CoAP observe
- coap_oscore(3), coap_new_oscore_conf(3), coap_delete_oscore_conf(3), coap_new_oscore_recipient(3), coap_delete_oscore_recipient(3), coap_new_client_session_oscore(3), coap_new_client_session_oscore_pki(3), coap_new_client_session_oscore_psk(3), coap_context_oscore_server(3)
- Work with CoAP OSCORE
- coap_persist(3), coap_persist_startup(3), coap_persist_stop(3), coap_persist_track_funcs(3), coap_persist_observe_add(3), coap_persist_set_observe_num(3)
- Work with CoAP persist support
- coap_proxy(3), coap_proxy_forward_request(3), coap_proxy_forward_response(3), coap_verify_proxy_scheme_supported(3)
- Work with CoAP proxies
- coap_recovery(3), coap_session_set_ack_random_factor(3), coap_session_get_ack_random_factor(3), coap_session_set_ack_timeout(3), coap_session_get_ack_timeout(3), coap_session_set_default_leisure(3), coap_session_get_default_leisure(3), coap_session_set_max_payloads(3), coap_session_get_max_payloads(3), coap_session_set_max_retransmit(3), coap_session_get_max_retransmit(3), coap_session_set_non_max_retransmit(3), coap_session_get_non_max_retransmit(3), coap_session_set_non_receive_timeout(3), coap_session_get_non_receive_timeout(3), coap_session_set_non_timeout(3), coap_session_get_non_timeout(3), coap_session_set_nstart(3), coap_session_get_nstart(3), coap_session_set_probing_rate(3), coap_session_get_probing_rate(3), coap_debug_set_packet_loss(3)
- Work with CoAP packet transmissions
- coap_resource(3), coap_resource_init(3), coap_resource_unknown_init(3), coap_resource_unknown_init2(3), coap_resource_proxy_uri_init(3), coap_resource_proxy_uri_init2(3), coap_resource_reverse_proxy_init(3), coap_add_resource(3), coap_delete_resource(3), coap_resource_set_mode(3), coap_resource_set_userdata(3), coap_resource_get_userdata(3), coap_resource_release_userdata_handler(3), coap_resource_get_uri_path(3), coap_get_resource_from_uri_path(3), coap_print_wellknown(3)
- Work with CoAP resources
- coap_session(3), coap_session_reference(3), coap_session_release(3), coap_session_disconnected(3), coap_session_set_type_client(3), coap_session_set_app_data(3), coap_session_get_app_data(3), coap_session_get_addr_local(3), coap_session_get_addr_mcast(3), coap_session_get_addr_remote(3), coap_session_get_context(3), coap_session_get_ifindex(3), coap_session_get_proto(3), coap_session_get_state(3), coap_session_get_tls(3), coap_session_get_type(3), coap_session_get_psk_hint(3), coap_session_get_psk_key(3)
- Work with CoAP sessions
- coap_string(3), coap_new_string(3), coap_delete_string(3), coap_new_str_const(3), coap_delete_str_const(3), coap_new_binary(3), coap_delete_binary(3), coap_resize_binary(3), coap_new_bin_const(3), coap_delete_bin_const(3), coap_make_str_const(3), coap_string_equal(3), coap_binary_equal(3)
- Work with CoAP string functions
- coap_supported(3), coap_af_unix_is_supported(3), coap_async_is_supported(3), coap_client_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_cid_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_psk_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_pki_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_pkcs11_is_supported(3), coap_dtls_rpk_is_supported(3), coap_epoll_is_supported(3), coap_ipv4_is_supported(3), coap_ipv6_is_supported(3), coap_observe_persist_is_supported(3), coap_oscore_is_supported(3), coap_proxy_is_supported(3), coap_server_is_supported(3), coap_tcp_is_supported(3), coap_threadsafe_is_supported(3), coap_tls_is_supported(3), coap_ws_is_supported(3), coap_wss_is_supported(3)
- Work with CoAP runtime functionality
- coap_tls_library(3), coap_get_tls_library_version(3), coap_string_tls_support(3), coap_string_tls_version(3), coap_show_tls_version(3), coap_tls_engine_configure(3), coap_tls_engine_remove(3)
- Work with CoAP TLS libraries
- coap_uri(3), coap_split_uri(3), coap_split_proxy_uri(3), coap_new_uri(3), coap_clone_uri(3), coap_delete_uri(3), coap_uri_into_optlist(3), coap_uri_into_options(3)
- Work with CoAP URIs
- coap_websockets(3), coap_ws_set_host_request(3)
- Work with CoAP WebSockets
- coffeebreak(6)
- pretend your machine is busy with a fake FreeBSD installer
- colcrt(1)
- filter nroff output for CRT previewing
- color_surface(3), color_surface (3)
- Create a vobj with a single- color storage
- com.gitlab.bitseater.meteo(1), meteo(1)
- forecast application with OWM API
- concatname(3)
- concatenate two names with user separator man1/alc_origin.1
- console.tk86(n), console(n)
- Control the console on systems without a real console
- container(n)
- Widget to contain a foreign window
- cooledit(1), cooledit-4.1.0(1)
- Full featured text editor for the X Window System, Version 11
- copyq(1), CopyQ(1)
- Clipboard Manager with Advanced Features
- copywin(3x), %overlay(3x), %overwrite(3x), %copywin(3x)
- overlay curses windows and manipulate them
- cp-build(1)
- copy a file to a destination with version numbering and auditing
- cptupdate(1)
- create a GMT colour palette table (cpt) file with a different version to the input
- create_bmp_for_stripline_coupler(1)
- bitmap generator for coupler with thin striplines between two infinitely wide groundplanes (part of atlc)
- create_rgb_table(3)
- Generates an RGB mapping table with lookup data for a palette. Allegro game programming library
- creginfo(1)
- determines information about a Windows 9x/Me Registry File (CREG)
- crypto_aead_lock(3monocypher), crypto_aead_unlock(3monocypher), crypto_aead_init_x(3monocypher), crypto_aead_init_djb(3monocypher), crypto_aead_init_ietf(3monocypher), crypto_aead_write(3monocypher), crypto_aead_read(3monocypher)
- authenticated encryption with additional data
- crypto_blake2b(3monocypher), crypto_blake2b_keyed(3monocypher), crypto_blake2b_init(3monocypher), crypto_blake2b_keyed_init(3monocypher), crypto_blake2b_update(3monocypher), crypto_blake2b_final(3monocypher)
- hashing, message authentication, and key derivation with BLAKE2b
- crypto_sha512(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_init(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_update(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_final crypto_sha512_hmac(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_hmac_init(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_hmac_update(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_hmac_final(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_hkdf(3monocypher), crypto_sha512_hkdf_expand(3monocypher)
- hashing, message authentication, and key derivation with SHA-512
- crypto_wipe(3monocypher)
- wipe data from memory
- cs_register_esc_strfunc(3), cs_register_esc_strfunc (3)
- cs_register_strfunc with escaping context
- cstream(1)
- direct data streams, with bandwidth limiting, FIFO, audio, duplication and extended reporting support
- ctwill(1), ctwill-proofsort(1), ctwill-refsort(1), ctwill-twinx(1)
- translate CWEB to TeX with mini-indexes
- ctwm(1)
- Claudes Tab Window Manager for the X Window System
- cubetwist(6)
- A series of nested cubes rotate and slide recursively
- cups-genppd(8)
- generate Gutenprint PPD files for use with CUPS
- curl_global_init_mem(3)
- global libcurl initialization with memory callbacks
- curl_multi_assign(3)
- set data to associate with an internal socket
- curs_delch(3x), %delch(3x), %wdelch(3x), %mvdelch(3x), %mvwdelch(3x)
- delete a character from a curses window
- curs_deleteln(3x), %deleteln(3x), %wdeleteln(3x), %insdelln(3x), %winsdelln(3x), %insertln(3x), %winsertln(3x)
- delete or insert lines in a curses window
- curs_get_wch(3x), %get_wch(3x), %wget_wch(3x), %mvget_wch(3x), %mvwget_wch(3x), %unget_wch(3x)
- get (or push back) a wide character from curses terminal keyboard
- curs_get_wstr(3x), %get_wstr(3x), %getn_wstr(3x), %wget_wstr(3x), %wgetn_wstr(3x), %mvget_wstr(3x), %mvgetn_wstr(3x), %mvwget_wstr(3x), %mvwgetn_wstr(3x)
- get a wide-character string from a curses terminal keyboard
- curs_getcchar(3x), %getcchar(3x), %setcchar(3x)
- convert between a wide-character string and a curses complex character
- curs_getyx(3x), %getyx(3x), %getparyx(3x), %getbegyx(3x), %getmaxyx(3x)
- get curses cursor and window coordinates
- curs_in_wch(3x), %in_wch(3x), %mvin_wch(3x), %mvwin_wch(3x), %win_wch(3x)
- get a curses complex character from a window
- curs_in_wchstr(3x), %in_wchstr(3x), %in_wchnstr(3x), %win_wchstr(3x), %win_wchnstr(3x), %mvin_wchstr(3x), %mvin_wchnstr(3x), %mvwin_wchstr(3x), %mvwin_wchnstr(3x)
- get a curses complex character string from a window
- curs_inch(3x), %inch(3x), %winch(3x), %mvinch(3x), %mvwinch(3x)
- get a curses character from a window
- curs_inchstr(3x), %inchstr(3x), %inchnstr(3x), %winchstr(3x), %winchnstr(3x), %mvinchstr(3x), %mvinchnstr(3x), %mvwinchstr(3x), %mvwinchnstr(3x)
- get a curses character string from a window
- curs_initscr(3x), %initscr(3x), %newterm(3x), %endwin(3x), %isendwin(3x), %set_term(3x), %delscreen(3x)
- initialize, manipulate, or tear down curses terminal interface
- curs_ins_wch(3x), %ins_wch(3x), %mvins_wch(3x), %mvwins_wch(3x), %wins_wch(3x)
- insert a curses complex character in a window
- curs_ins_wstr(3x), %ins_wstr(3x), %ins_nwstr(3x), %wins_wstr(3x), %wins_nwstr(3x), %mvins_wstr(3x), %mvins_nwstr(3x), %mvwins_wstr(3x), %mvwins_nwstr(3x)
- insert a wide-character string in a curses window
- curs_insch(3x), %insch(3x), %winsch(3x), %mvinsch(3x), %mvwinsch(3x)
- insert a curses character in a window
- curs_insstr(3x), %insstr(3x), %insnstr(3x), %winsstr(3x), %winsnstr(3x), %mvinsstr(3x), %mvinsnstr(3x), %mvwinsstr(3x), %mvwinsnstr(3x)
- insert a string in a curses window
- curs_instr(3x), %instr(3x), %innstr(3x), %winstr(3x), %winnstr(3x), %mvinstr(3x), %mvinnstr(3x), %mvwinstr(3x), %mvwinnstr(3x)
- get a string from a curses window
- curs_inwstr(3x), %inwstr(3x), %innwstr(3x), %winwstr(3x), %winnwstr(3x), %mvinwstr(3x), %mvinnwstr(3x), %mvwinwstr(3x), %mvwinnwstr(3x)
- get a wide-character string from a curses window
- curs_legacy(3x), %getattrs(3x), %getbegx(3x), %getbegy(3x), %getcurx(3x), %getcury(3x), %getmaxx(3x), %getmaxy(3x), %getparx(3x), %getpary(3x)
- get curses cursor and window coordinates or attributes (legacy)
- curs_move(3x), %move(3x), %wmove(3x)
- move cursor in a curses window
- curs_opaque(3x), %is_cleared(3x), %is_idlok(3x), %is_idcok(3x), %is_immedok(3x), %is_keypad(3x), %is_leaveok(3x), %is_nodelay(3x), %is_notimeout(3x), %is_pad(3x), %is_scrollok(3x), %is_subwin(3x), %is_syncok(3x), %wgetdelay(3x), %wgetparent(3x), %wgetscrreg(3x)
- obtain curses window properties
- curs_printw(3x), %printw(3x), %wprintw(3x), %mvprintw(3x), %mvwprintw(3x), %vwprintw(3x), %vw_printw(3x)
- write formatted output to a curses window
- curs_refresh(3x), %doupdate(3x), %redrawwin(3x), %refresh(3x), %wnoutrefresh(3x), %wredrawln(3x), %wrefresh(3x)
- refresh curses windows or lines thereupon
- curs_scanw(3x), %scanw(3x), %wscanw(3x), %mvscanw(3x), %mvwscanw(3x), %vwscanw(3x), %vw_scanw(3x)
- read formatted input from a curses window
- curs_scroll(3x), %scroll(3x), %scrl(3x), %wscrl(3x)
- scroll a curses window
- curs_touch(3x), %touchwin(3x), %touchline(3x), %untouchwin(3x), %wtouchln(3x), %is_linetouched(3x), %is_wintouched(3x)
- control terminal output refresh in a curses window
- curs_util(3x), %delay_output(3x), %filter(3x), %flushinp(3x), %getwin(3x), %key_name(3x), %keyname(3x), %nofilter(3x), %putwin(3x), %unctrl(3x), %use_env(3x), %use_tioctl(3x), %wunctrl(3x)
- miscellaneous curses utility routines
- curs_window(3x), %newwin(3x), %delwin(3x), %mvwin(3x), %subwin(3x), %derwin(3x), %mvderwin(3x), %dupwin(3x), %wsyncup(3x), %syncok(3x), %wcursyncup(3x), %wsyncdown(3x)
- create and manipulate curses windows
- curses(3x), %ncurses(3x)
- character-cell terminal interface with optimized output
- cut-diff(1)
- show difference between 2 files with color
- cuyo(6)
- Tetris-like game with many suprises
- cvslines(1)
- a CVS wizard to help manage parallel development
- cwdiff(1)
- run wdiff with color
- cwm(1)
- a lightweight and efficient window manager for X11
- cwmrc(5)
- calm window manager configuration file
- cwstudio(1)
- lightweight and portable CW signals generator with Curses UI
- cxRewind(3)
- Rewinds to the beginning of the stream
- d_bitmap_proc(3)
- Dialog procedure drawing a bitmap. Allegro game programming library
- d_box_proc(3), d_shadow_box_proc(3)
- Dialog procedure drawing boxes onto the screen. Allegro game programming library
- d_text_list_proc(3)
- Dialog procedure implementing a list box object with type ahead. Allegro game programming library
- d_text_proc(3), d_ctext_proc(3), d_rtext_proc(3)
- Dialogs procedure drawing text onto the screen. Allegro game programming library
- damager(1)
- overrides chunks of files with garbage
- dbh_regen_sweep(3), dbh_regen_fanout(3), dbh_settempdir(3)
- make physical structure of the DBHashTable congruent with logical structure
- dblink_build_sql_insert(3)
- builds an INSERT statement using a local tuple, replacing the primary key field values with alternative supplied values
- dblink_build_sql_update(3)
- builds an UPDATE statement using a local tuple, replacing the primary key field values with alternative supplied values
- dblink_is_busy(3)
- checks if connection is busy with an async query
- dbus(n)
- Tcl library for interacting with the DBus
- define_arcantarget(3), define_arcantarget (3)
- Create a rendertarget bound subsegment for drawing to another arcan instance
- define_calctarget(3), define_calctarget (3)
- Create a rendertarget with a periodic readback into a Lua callback
- define_recordtarget(3), define_recordtarget (3)
- Create a rendertarget with a periodic readback
- deliverquota(8)
- deliver to a maildir with a quota
- delrdsrecwindow(3)
- deletes a rectangle from the windowing of rds structure. man1/alc_origin.1
- destroy.tk86(n), destroy(n)
- Destroy one or more windows
- destroy_midi(3)
- Destroys a MIDI structure when you are done with it. Allegro game programming library
- destroy_sample(3)
- Destroys a sample structure when you are done with it. Allegro game programming library
- destroyrdswindow(3)
- destroys windowing of a figure man1/alc_origin.1
- deutex(6)
- do things with wad files
- devilspie(1)
- perform actions on windows as they are created
- devilspie2(1), Devilspie2(1)
- perform scripted actions on windows as they are created
- dfc(1)
- report file system space usage information with style
- dhcpclient(1)
- Send a DHCP request with provided RADIUS attributes and get the output response
- dhex(1)
- hex editor with a diff mode
- dia(1)
- a diagram drawing program
- dictzip(1), dictunzip(1)
- compress (or expand) files, allowing random access
- diffpp(1)
- pretty-print diff outputs with GNU enscript
- digitemp(1)
- program to read from 1-wire temperature sensors
- dirsplit(1)
- splits directory into multiple with equal size
- dispatch_io_create(3), dispatch_io_create_with_path(3), dispatch_io_close(3), dispatch_io_set_high_water(3), dispatch_io_set_low_water(3), dispatch_io_set_interval(3), dispatch_io_barrier(3)
- open, close and configure dispatch I/O channels
- distcc(1)
- distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler with distcc-pump extensions
- distviper(8)
- wipe outdated files from the FreeBSD ports distdir
- django-admin(1)
- Utility script for the Django web framework django-admin is Django(aqs command-line utility for administrative tasks. This document outlines all it can do. In addition, manage.py is automatically created in each Django project. It does the same thing as django-admin but also sets the X'tty: link #envvar-DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE'%DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULEX'tty: link' environment variable so that it points to your project(aqs settings.py file. The django-admin script should be on your system path if you installed Django via pip. If it(aqs not in your path, ensure you have your virtual environment activated. Generally, when working on a single Django project, it(aqs easier to use manage.py than django-admin. If you need to switch between multiple Django settings files, use django-admin with X'tty: link #envvar-DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE'%DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULEX'tty: link' or the %--settings command line option. The command-line examples throughout this document use django-admin to be consistent, but any example can use manage.py or python -m django just as well
- dnsjit.core.thread(3)
- POSIX thread with separate Lua state
- dnsjit.filter.copy(3)
- Creates a copy of an object chain with selected object types
- doasedit(8)
- edit a text file and then write the file back to its original location with admin access
- dolphin-emu(6)
- Nintendo GameCube and Wii emulator
- dolphin-emu-nogui(6)
- Nintendo GameCube and Wii emulator
- dosbox(1)
- an x86/DOS emulator with sound/graphics
- dot(1)
- filter for drawing directed graphs neato - filter for drawing undirected graphs twopi - filter for radial layouts of graphs circo - filter for circular layout of graphs fdp - filter for drawing undirected graphs sfdp - filter for drawing large undirected graphs patchwork - filter for squarified tree maps osage - filter for array-based layouts
- doublecmd(1)
- Twin-panel (commander-style) file manager
- doveadm-fs(1)
- Interact with the abstract mail storage filesystem
- doveadm-purge(1)
- Remove messages with refcount=0 from mdbox files
- doxywizard(1)
- a tool to configure and run doxygen on your source files
- dqcache(8)
- DNS cache with DNSCurve support
- dqtool(1)
- Display the contents of a disk-buffer file created with
- draw_character_ex(3)
- Draws non transparent pixels of the sprite with a color. Allegro game programming library
- draw_gouraud_sprite(3)
- Draws a sprite with gouraud shading. Allegro game programming library
- draw_lit_sprite(3)
- Draws a sprite tinted with a specific color. Allegro game programming library
- draw_trans_sprite(3)
- Draws a sprite blending it with the destination. Allegro game programming library
- drawing_mode(3)
- Sets the graphics drawing mode. Allegro game programming library
- driftnet(1)
- capture images from network traffic and display them in an X window; optionally, capture audio streams and play them
- dropbearkey(1)
- create private keys for the use with dropbear(8) or dbclient(1)
- drpmsync(8)
- sync a file tree with deltarpms
- dualcoax(1)
- determine impedance of a coaxial structure with two concentric dielectrics
- dvd-menu(1)
- Creates a DVD navigation menu with buttons
- dvipdft(1)
- create thumbnail images for use with dvipdfm
- dwfilter(1)
- reformat text with dwdiff for further processing
- dwm(1)
- dynamic window manager
- e16(1)
- The Enlightenment DR16 window manager
- easside-ng(8)
- an auto-magic tool which allows you to communicate via an WEP-encrypted AP without knowing the key
- echinus(1)
- a lightweight window manager for X11
- echoping(1)
- tests a remote host with TCP or UDP
- eclat-assocaddr(1), eclat-associate-address(1)
- associate an IP address with an instance
- edgar(6)
- A 2D platform game with a persistent world
- editline(3)
- command-line editing library with history
- editline(3), el_init(3), el_init_fd(3), el_end(3), el_reset(3), el_gets(3), el_wgets(3), el_getc(3), el_wgetc(3), el_push(3), el_wpush(3), el_parse(3), el_wparse(3), el_set(3), el_wset(3), el_get(3), el_wget(3), el_source(3), el_resize(3), el_cursor(3), el_line(3), el_wline(3), el_insertstr(3), el_winsertstr(3), el_deletestr(3), el_wdeletestr(3), history_init(3), history_winit(3), history_end(3), history_wend(3), history(3), history_w(3), tok_init(3), tok_winit(3), tok_end(3), tok_wend(3), tok_reset(3), tok_wreset(3), tok_line(3), tok_wline(3), tok_str(3), tok_wstr(3)
- line editor, history and tokenization functions
- ef_expand_file(3), del_ExpandFile(3), ef_last_error(3), ef_list_expansions(3), new_ExpandFile(3)
- expand filenames containing ~user/$envvar and wildcard expressions
- emerald(1)
- The Emerald Windows Decorator
- emwm(1)
- The Enhanced Motif Window Manager
- emwmrc(4)
- the Enhanced Motif Window Manager Resource Description File
- encapsulate(1)
- multiplex several channels over a single socket with sampling of remote process exit status, and provide conversation termination without closing the socket. netpipes 4.2
- encfsctl(1)
- administrative tool for working with EncFS filesystems
- entry.tk86(n), entry(n)
- Create and manipulate 'entry' one-line text entry widgets
- envdir(8)
- runs another program with environment modified according to files in a specified directory
- envuidgid(8)
- runs another program with environment variables indicating a specified account's uid and gid
- eq(3), ecq(3)
- string equality test. countchar, countchar2, countstr count characters and strings within the string. replace, replace_detach, limittextwidth miscellaneous text functions
- etwdump(1)
- Provide an interface to read Event Tracing for Windows (ETW)
- euclid-wm(1)
- A highly flexible, minimal, dynamic, tiling window manager
- euphoria(1)
- floating wisps
- evim(1)
- easy Vim, edit a file with Vim and setup for modeless editing
- evtexport(1)
- exports items stored in a Windows Event Log (EVT)
- evtinfo(1)
- determines information about a Windows Event Log (EVT)
- evtxexport(1)
- exports items stored in a Windows XML EventViewer Log (EVTX) file
- evtxinfo(1)
- determines information about a Windows XML EventViewer Log (EVTX) file
- excamera(3)
- Viewing a 3d world from an arbitrary camera position. Allegro game programming library
- excolmap(3)
- Creating graphical effects with color mapping tables. Allegro game programming library
- exm_in_c(man), exm_in_cDemonstrates(man)
- how to use all Exm demonstration widgets in an application
- exmem(3)
- Drawing onto memory bitmaps and then blitting them to the screen. Allegro game programming library
- expat(3)
- Using patterned drawing modes and sub-bitmaps. Allegro game programming library
- expect(1)
- programmed dialogue with interactive programs, Version 5
- expect_kibitz(1), kibitz(1)
- allow two people to interact with one shell
- expect_tknewsbiff(1), tknewsbiff(1)
- pop up a window when news appears
- explain_acct_or_die(3)
- switch process accounting on or off and report errors require_index { "switch process accounting on or off and report errors" }
- explain_fsync_or_die(3)
- synchronize a file with storage device and report errors require_index { "synchronize a file's in[hy]core state with storage device and report errors" }
- explain_futimens_or_die(3)
- change file timestamps and report errors require_index { "change file timestamps with nanosecond precision and report errors" }
- explain_setgrent_or_die(3)
- rewind group database and report errors require_index { "rewind to the start of the group database and report errors" }
- explain_utimensat_or_die(3)
- change file timestamps and report errors require_index { "change file timestamps with nanosecond precision and report errors" }
- exswitch(3)
- Controlling the console switch mode for background running. Allegro game programming library
- extrans2(3)
- Drawing flipped, translucent and tinted sprites. Allegro game programming library
- ezstream(1)
- source client for Icecast with external de-/encoder support
- f2c(1)
- Convert Fortran 77 to C or C++ " f^2c changed to f2c in the previous line for the benefit of " people on systems (e.g. Sun systems) whose makewhatis cannot " cope with troff formatting commands
- fadeplot(6)
- draws a waving ribbon following a sinusoidal path
- fand(8)
- daemon to control PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) cooling fans
- far2l(1)
- Two-panel file manager, with built-in terminal and other usefulness'es
- fasta36(1)
- scan a protein or DNA sequence library for similar sequences fastx36 - compare a DNA sequence to a protein sequence database, comparing the translated DNA sequence in forward and reverse frames. tfastx36 - compare a protein sequence to a DNA sequence database, calculating similarities with frameshifts to the forward and reverse orientations. fasty36 - compare a DNA sequence to a protein sequence database, comparing the translated DNA sequence in forward and reverse frames. tfasty36 - compare a protein sequence to a DNA sequence database, calculating similarities with frameshifts to the forward and reverse orientations. fasts36 - compare unordered peptides to a protein sequence database fastm36 - compare ordered peptides (or short DNA sequences) to a protein (DNA) sequence database tfasts36 - compare unordered peptides to a translated DNA sequence database fastf36 - compare mixed peptides to a protein sequence database tfastf36 - compare mixed peptides to a translated DNA sequence database ssearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database using the Smith-Waterman algorithm. ggsearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database using a global alignment (Needleman-Wunsch) glsearch36 - compare a protein or DNA sequence to a sequence database with alignments that are global in the query and local in the database sequence (global-local). lalign36 - produce multiple non-overlapping alignments for protein and DNA sequences using the Huang and Miller sim algorithm for the Waterman-Eggert algorithm. prss36, prfx36 - discontinued; all the FASTA programs will estimate statistical significance using 500 shuffled sequence scores if two sequences are compared
- fax(1)
- fax sending and receiving with mgetty+sendfax
- faxspool(1)
- queue and convert files for faxing with sendfax(8)
- fbrun(1)
- display run dialog window
- fbsetroot(1)
- a simple background utility used by the fluxbox(1) window manager, originally written for and by the original blackbox(1) window manager
- fcft_kerning(3)
- calculate kerning distance between two wide characters
- fcft_precompose(3)
- pre-compose two wide characters into one
- fcrondyn(1)
- dialog dyn-amically with a running fcron daemon
- feedback(1)
- Stirring colors with a jiggling warp
- fence_cdu(8)
- Fence agent for a Sentry Switch CDU over telnet
- fence_eps(8)
- Fence agent for ePowerSwitch
- fence_sanbox2(8)
- Fence agent for QLogic SANBox2 FC switches
- fence_zvmip(8)
- Fence agent for use with z/VM Virtual Machines
- fennel-tutorial(7)
- Getting Started with Fennel
- ffi_prep_cif(3)
- Prepare a ffi_cif structure for use with ffi_call
- ffi_prep_cif_var(3)
- Prepare a ffi_cif structure for use with ffi_call for variadic functions
- fftw-wisdom(1)
- create wisdom (pre-optimized FFTs)
- fftw-wisdom-to-conf(1)
- generate FFTW wisdom (pre-planned transforms)
- fftwf-wisdom(1)
- create wisdom (pre-optimized FFTs)
- fftwl-wisdom(1)
- create wisdom (pre-optimized FFTs)
- fftwq-wisdom(1)
- create wisdom (pre-optimized FFTs)
- fi_av(3)
- Address vector operations fi_av_open / fi_close Open or close an address vector fi_av_bind Associate an address vector with an event queue. fi_av_insert / fi_av_insertsvc / fi_av_remove Insert/remove an address into/from the address vector. fi_av_lookup Retrieve an address stored in the address vector. fi_av_straddr Convert an address into a printable string
- fi_endpoint(3)
- Fabric endpoint operations fi_endpoint / fi_scalable_ep / fi_passive_ep / fi_close Allocate or close an endpoint. fi_ep_bind Associate an endpoint with hardware resources, such as event queues, completion queues, counters, address vectors, or shared transmit/receive contexts. fi_scalable_ep_bind Associate a scalable endpoint with an address vector fi_pep_bind Associate a passive endpoint with an event queue fi_enable Transitions an active endpoint into an enabled state. fi_cancel Cancel a pending asynchronous data transfer fi_ep_alias Create an alias to the endpoint fi_control Control endpoint operation. fi_getopt / fi_setopt Get or set endpoint options. fi_rx_context / fi_tx_context / fi_srx_context / fi_stx_context Open a transmit or receive context. fi_tc_dscp_set / fi_tc_dscp_get Convert between a DSCP value and a network traffic class fi_rx_size_left / fi_tx_size_left (DEPRECATED) Query the lower bound on how many RX/TX operations may be posted without an operation returning -FI_EAGAIN. This functions have been deprecated and will be removed in a future version of the library
- fi_join_collective(3)
- Operation where a subset of peers join a new collective group. fi_barrier Collective operation that does not complete until all peers have entered the barrier call. fi_broadcast A single sender transmits data to all peers, including itself. fi_alltoall Each peer distributes a slice of its local data to all peers. fi_allreduce Collective operation where all peers broadcast an atomic operation to all other peers. fi_allgather Each peer sends a complete copy of its local data to all peers. fi_reduce_scatter Collective call where data is collected from all peers and merged (reduced). The results of the reduction is distributed back to the peers, with each peer receiving a slice of the results. fi_reduce Collective call where data is collected from all peers to a root peer and merged (reduced). fi_scatter A single sender distributes (scatters) a slice of its local data to all peers. fi_gather All peers send their data to a root peer. fi_query_collective Returns information about which collective operations are supported by a provider, and limitations on the collective
- fi_mr(3)
- Memory region operations fi_mr_reg / fi_mr_regv / fi_mr_regattr Register local memory buffers for direct fabric access fi_close Deregister registered memory buffers. fi_mr_desc Return a local descriptor associated with a registered memory region fi_mr_key Return the remote key needed to access a registered memory region fi_mr_raw_attr Return raw memory region attributes. fi_mr_map_raw Converts a raw memory region key into a key that is usable for data transfer operations. fi_mr_unmap_key Releases a previously mapped raw memory region key. fi_mr_bind Associate a registered memory region with a completion counter or an endpoint. fi_mr_refresh Updates the memory pages associated with a memory region. fi_mr_enable Enables a memory region for use
- fi_provider(3), fi_prov_ini(3)
- External provider entry point fi_param_define / fi_param_get Register and retrieve environment variables with the libfabric core fi_log_enabled / fi_log_ready / fi_log Control and output debug logging information. fi_open / fi_close Open a named library object fi_export_fid / fi_import_fid Share a fabric object between different providers or resources
- fido_assert_set_authdata(3), fido_assert_set_authdata_raw(3), fido_assert_set_clientdata(3), fido_assert_set_clientdata_hash(3), fido_assert_set_count(3), fido_assert_set_extensions(3), fido_assert_set_hmac_salt(3), fido_assert_set_hmac_secret(3), fido_assert_set_up(3), fido_assert_set_uv(3), fido_assert_set_rp(3), fido_assert_set_sig(3), fido_assert_set_winhello_appid(3)
- set parameters of a FIDO2 assertion
- fido_dev_open(3), fido_dev_open_with_info(3), fido_dev_close(3), fido_dev_cancel(3), fido_dev_new(3), fido_dev_new_with_info(3), fido_dev_free(3), fido_dev_force_fido2(3), fido_dev_force_u2f(3), fido_dev_is_fido2(3), fido_dev_is_winhello(3), fido_dev_supports_credman(3), fido_dev_supports_cred_prot(3), fido_dev_supports_permissions(3), fido_dev_supports_pin(3), fido_dev_supports_uv(3), fido_dev_has_pin(3), fido_dev_has_uv(3), fido_dev_protocol(3), fido_dev_build(3), fido_dev_flags(3), fido_dev_major(3), fido_dev_minor(3)
- FIDO2 device open/close and related functions
- file_select_ex(3)
- Displays the Allegro file selector with a caption
- fileobj(1)
- ncurses based hex editor with vi interface
- filetype-compile(1)
- compile list of file types for use with filetype(1)
- fill_surface(3), fill_surface (3)
- Allocate a new video object and fill with a single colour
- fillets(6)
- puzzle game about witty fish saving the world sokoban style
- filter_create_fp(3), filter_create_fp (3)
- similar to filter_create_fd except with buffered FILE*
- find_datafile_object(3)
- Searches a datafile for an object with a name. Allegro game programming library
- fix132x43(1)
- fix problems with certain (132 column) graphics modes dump the state of the card as the svgalib chipset driver sees it
- fixdlsrps(1)
- filter to fix DviLaser/PS documents to work with PSUtils
- fixmacps(1)
- filter to fix Macintosh documents with saner version of md
- fixtoi(3)
- Converts a fixed point to integer with rounding. Allegro game programming library
- fixtpps(1)
- filter to fix Tpscript documents to work with PSUtils
- fixwfwps(1)
- filter to fix Word for Windows documents so PSUtils work
- fixwwps(1)
- filter to fix Windows Write documents so PSUtils work
- flexiblas_switch(3)
- switch the currently used FlexiBLAS backend
- flocks(1)
- floating wisps
- flow-receive(1)
- Receive flow data with the NetFlow protocol
- flow-send(1)
- Transmit flow data with the NetFlow protocol
- flow-stat(1)
- Generate reports with flow data
- flow-tools(1)
- Tool set for working with NetFlow data
- fluxbox(1)
- A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System
- fluxbox-apps(5)
- per-window attribute configuration for fluxbox(1)
- fmtutil(1)
- manage TeX formats and Metafont bases, per-user fmtutil-sys - manage TeX formats and Metafont bases, system-wide mktexfmt - create a TeX format or Metafont base
- fnmatch(3am)
- compare a string against a filename wildcard
- fnottctl(1)
- utility to interact with fnott(1)
- fnt2psf(1)
- Convert a Windows font-resource file to PSF format
- fnts2fon(1)
- Construct a Windows .FON file from one or more .FNT files
- fon2fnts(1)
- extract fonts from a Windows EXE, DLL or FON file
- for_each_file_ex(3)
- Executes callback() for each file matching a wildcard. Allegro game programming library
- form_win(3x)
- make and break form window and subwindow associations
- fprcp(1)
- Free Pascal windres preprocessor program
- frame.tk86(n), frame(n)
- Create and manipulate 'frame' simple container widgets
- freeciv-manual(6)
- Generate HTML or wiki manual for freeciv-server(6)
- freeze_mouse_flag(3)
- Flag to avoid redrawing the mouse pointer. Allegro game programming library
- frr-bfdd(8)
- a bfd routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-bgpd(8)
- a BGPv4, BGPv4+, BGPv4- routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-eigrpd(8)
- an EIGRP routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-isisd(8)
- an IS-IS routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-ospf6d(8)
- an OSPFv3 routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-ospfd(8)
- an OSPFv2 routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-ripd(8)
- a RIP routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-ripngd(8)
- a RIPNG routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-staticd(8)
- a static route manager routing engine for use with FRRouting
- frr-zebra(8)
- a routing manager for use with associated FRRouting components
- fselect(1)
- find files with SQL-like queries
- fsinfo(8)
- coordinate site-wide filesystem information
- fsntfsinfo(1)
- determines information about a Windows NT File System (NTFS) volume
- fswatch(7)
- Ask for notification when the contents of the specified files or directory hierarchies are modified. This man page is kept for reference but it is not to be considered an authoritative or complete source of information. Please, consult the official Info documentation shipped with
- ftimes-proximo(1)
- Locate a group of dig hits within a specified byte range
- ftwin(8)
- find duplicate files
- fuse-zip(1)
- a FUSE filesystem for zip archives with write support
- fvwm(1), Fvwm(1)
- F? Virtual Window Manager for X11
- fvwm-root(1)
- Sets the root window of the current X display to image
- fvwm2(1), Fvwm(1)
- F? Virtual Window Manager for X11
- fvwm3(1)
- F? Virtual Window Manager for X11
- fvwm3all(1)
- F? Virtual Window Manager for X11 - meta-man page
- fwcscmp(3)
- fuzzy comparison of two wide-character strings require_index { }
- fwcscmpi(3)
- fuzzy comparison of two wide-character strings require_index { }
- fxterm(1)
- start xterm with VGA color palette
- gammu(1)
- Does some neat things with your cellular phone or modem. rst2man-indent-level 0 1 rstReportMargin $1
-
- gcalcli(1)
- interact with a Google Calendar
- gchroot(1), chroot(1)
- run command or interactive shell with special root directory
- gcli(1)
- interact with git forges without using a web-browser
- gdal2tiles(1)
- Generates directory with TMS tiles, KMLs and simple web viewers
- gdal_calc(1)
- Command line raster calculator with numpy syntax
- gdal_create(1)
- Create a raster file (without source dataset)
- gdbus(1)
- Tool for working with D-Bus objects
- gelq_comp3(3)
- --- with T
- gelqt(3)
- gelqt: LQ factor, with T
- gelqt3(3)
- gelqt3: LQ factor, with T, recursive
- gelst(3)
- gelst: least squares using QR/LQ with T matrix
- genisoimage(1)
- create ISO9660/Joliet/HFS filesystem with optional Rock Ridge attributes
- gensig(1)
- Generate signatures with random taglines on a FIFO
- geotifcp(1)
- Copy TIFF with updated GeoTIFF Metadata
- geqp3(3)
- geqp3: QR factor with pivoting, level 3
- geqpf_comp_grp(3)
- QR with pivoting
- geqr_comp3(3)
- --- with T
- geqrt(3)
- geqrt: QR factor, with T
- geqrt2(3)
- geqrt2: QR factor, with T, level 2
- geqrt3(3)
- geqrt3: QR factor, with T, recursive panel
- gesc2(3)
- gesc2: triangular solve using factor, with complete pivoting
- gesvdq(3)
- gesvdq: SVD, QR with pivoting
- geswlq_comp_grp(3)
- LQ, short-wide
- get-default-ips(1)
- List all IP source addresses of interfaces with default routes
- get_display_switch_mode(3)
- Returns the current display switching mode. Allegro game programming library
- get_keys(3), get_keys (3)
- Retrieve all keys associated with a target or target/config
- get_transformation_matrix(3)
- Constructs X, Y, Z rotation matrices with an angle and scaling. Allegro game programming library
- get_vector_rotation_matrix(3), get_vector_rotation_matrix_f(3)
- Constructs X, Y, Z rotation matrices with an angle. Allegro game programming library
- getc2(3)
- getc2: triangular factor, with complete pivoting
- getdns_context(3)
- getdns_context_create, getdns_context_create_with_memory_functions, getdns_context_create_with_extended_memory_functions, getdns_context_destroy, getdns_context_get_api_information -- getdns context create and destroy routines n
- getdns_convert(3)
- getdns_convert_dns_name_to_fqdn, getdns_convert_fqdn_to_dns_name -- convert dname between presentation- and wire-format
- getdns_dict(3)
- getdns_dict_create, getdns_dict_create_with_extended_memory_functions, getdns_dict_create_with_memory_functions, getdns_dict_destroy -- getdns dict create and destroy routines n
- getdns_list(3)
- getdns_list_create, getdns_list_create_with_extended_memory_functions, getdns_list_create_with_memory_functions, getdns_list_destroy -- getdns list create and destroy routines n
- geticonset(1)
- gets the current Window Maker icon set
- getline(3)
- command-line editing library with history
- getmail_mbox(1)
- read a message from stdin and deliver to a named mboxrd-format mbox file with fcntl-style locking
- getsqrhrt(3)
- getsqrhrt: tall-skinny QR factor, with Householder reconstruction
- getstyle(1)
- dumps the current Window Maker style related configuration or creates a theme pack
- gfold(1), fold(1)
- wrap each input line to fit in specified width
- gh-attestation(1)
- Work with artifact attestations
- gh-auth(1)
- Authenticate gh and git with GitHub
- gh-auth-setup-git(1)
- Setup git with GitHub CLI
- gh-auth-switch(1)
- Switch active GitHub account
- gh-config-set(1)
- Update configuration with a value for the given key
- gh-project(1)
- Work with GitHub Projects
- gh-run-watch(1)
- Watch a run until it completes, showing its progress
- gh-search-code(1)
- Search within code
- gifview(1)
- displays GIF images and animations on the X window system
- gigolo(1), Gigolo(1)
- a simple frontend to easily connect to remote filesystems with GIO/GVfs
- git-annotate(1)
- Annotate file lines with commit information
- git-checkout(1)
- Switch branches or restore working tree files
- git-force-clone(1)
- overwrite local repositories with clone
- git-lfs(1)
- Work with large files in Git repositories
- git-lfs-checkout(1)
- Update working copy with file content if available
- git-merge-one-file(1)
- The standard helper program to use with git-merge-index
- git-merge-tree(1)
- Perform merge without touching index or working tree
- git-mktag(1)
- Creates a tag object with extra validation
- git-psykorebase(1)
- Rebase a branch with a merge commit
- git-pull(1)
- Fetch from and integrate with another repository or a local branch
- git-push(1)
- Update remote refs along with associated objects
- git-replay(1)
- EXPERIMENTAL: Replay commits on a new base, works with bare repos too
- git-secret-hide(1)
- encrypts all added files with the inner keyring
- git-switch(1)
- Switch branches
- git-sync(1)
- Sync local branch with remote branch
- git-tag(1)
- Create, list, delete or verify a tag object signed with GPG
- git-unpack-file(1)
- Creates a temporary file with a blobs contents
- git-whatchanged(1)
- Show logs with differences each commit introduces
- gitprotocol-pack(5)
- How packs are transferred over-the-wire
- gitprotocol-v2(5)
- Git Wire Protocol, Version 2
- gitremote-helpers(7)
- Helper programs to interact with remote repositories
- gitworkflows(7)
- An overview of recommended workflows with Git
- glDepthRange(3), "glDepthRange(3)
- specify mapping of depth values from normalized device coordinates to window coordinates
- glLineWidth(3), "glLineWidth(3)
- specify the width of rasterized lines
- glLoadIdentity(3), "glLoadIdentity(3)
- replace the current matrix with the identity matrix
- glOrtho(3), "glOrtho(3)
- multiply the current matrix with an orthographic matrix
- glXIntro(3), "glXIntro(3)
- Introduction to OpenGL in the X window system
- glXMakeCurrent(3), "glXMakeCurrent(3)
- attach a GLX context to a window or a GLX pixmap
- gl_setclippingwindow(3)
- set the clipping window
- gl_setcontextwidth(3), gl_setcontextheight(3)
- set the dimension of a context
- gl_triangle(3)
- draw a triangle with interpolated colors
- gl_trisetcolorlookup(3), gl_trigetcolorlookup(3)
- manages a color lookup table for shadowing
- gl_trisetdrawpoint(3)
- set a triangle drawing function
- glab-auth-login(1)
- Authenticate with a GitLab instance
- glab-changelog(1)
- Interact with the changelog API
- glab-ci(1)
- Work with GitLab CI/CD pipelines and jobs
- glab-ci-config(1)
- Work with GitLab CI/CD configuration
- glab-cluster-agent-get-token(1)
- Create and return a k8s_proxy-scoped Personal Access Token to authenticate with a GitLab Agents for Kubernetes
- glab-config-set(1)
- Updates configuration with the value of a given key
- glab-incident(1)
- Work with GitLab incidents
- glab-issue(1)
- Work with GitLab issues
- glab-issue-board(1)
- Work with GitLab Issue Boards in the given project
- glab-repo(1)
- Work with GitLab repositories and projects
- glab-schedule(1)
- Work with GitLab CI schedules
- glab-schedule-delete(1)
- Delete schedule with the specified ID
- glab-ssh-key(1)
- Manage SSH keys registered with your GitLab account
- glab-user(1)
- Interact with user
- gladtex(1)
- generate html with LaTeX equations embedded as images
- glcells(6)
- growing cells graphics hack
- gleHelicoid(3)
- Generalized torus, spiral with circle contour
- gleHelicoid(3gle)
- Generalized torus, spiral with circle contour
- glePolyCone(3)
- Draw polycone, specified as a polyline with radii
- glePolyCone(3gle)
- Draw polycone, specified as a polyline with radii
- gleToroid(3)
- Generalized torus, lathe with circle contour
- gleToroid(3gle)
- Generalized torus, lathe with circle contour
- gleTwistExtrusion(3)
- Extrude arbitrary 2D contour along arbitrary 3D path, specifying local rotations (twists)
- gleTwistExtrusion(3gle)
- Extrude arbitrary 2D contour along arbitrary 3D path, specifying local rotations (twists)
- glknots(6)
- generates some twisting 3d knot patterns
- gluLookAt(3), "gluLookAt(3)
- define a viewing transformation
- gluProject(3), "gluProject(3)
- map object coordinates to window coordinates
- gluPwlCurve(3), "gluPwlCurve(3)
- describe a piecewise linear NURBS trimming curve
- gluUnProject(3), "gluUnProject(3)
- map window coordinates to object coordinates
- glutAttachMenu(3)
- attaches a mouse button for the current window to the identifier of the current menu; glutDetachMenu - detaches an attached mouse button from the current window
- glutBitmapWidth(3)
- returns the width of a bitmap character, glutBitmapLength returns the length of a bitmap font string
- glutButtonBoxFunc(3)
- sets the dial & button box button callback for the current window
- glutCopyColormap(3)
- copies the logical colormap for the layer in use from a specified window to the current window
- glutCreateSubWindow(3)
- creates a subwindow
- glutCreateWindow(3)
- creates a top-level window
- glutDestroyWindow(3)
- destroys the specified window
- glutDialsFunc(3)
- sets the dial & button box dials callback for the current window
- glutDisplayFunc(3)
- sets the display callback for the current window
- glutEntryFunc(3)
- sets the mouse enter/leave callback for the current window
- glutEstablishOverlay(3)
- establishes an overlay (if possible) for the current window
- glutForceJoystickFunc(3)
- forces current window's joystick callback to be called
- glutFullScreen(3)
- requests that the current window be made full screen
- glutGetColor(3)
- retrieves a red, green, or blue component for a given color index colormap entry for the layer in use's logical colormap for the current window
- glutIgnoreKeyRepeat(3)
- determines if auto repeat keystrokes are reported to the current window
- glutInitWindowPosition(3), glutInitWindowPositionWindowPosition(3), glutInitWindowSize(3)
- set the initial window position and size respectively
- glutJoystickFunc(3)
- sets the joystick callback for the current window
- glutKeyboardFunc(3)
- sets the keyboard callback for the current window
- glutKeyboardUpFunc(3)
- sets the keyboard up (key release) callback for the current window
- glutLayerGet(3)
- retrieves GLUT state pertaining to the layers of the current window
- glutMotionFunc(3), glutPassiveMotionFunc(3)
- set the motion and passive motion callbacks respectively for the current window
- glutMouseFunc(3)
- sets the mouse callback for the current window
- glutOverlayDisplayFunc(3)
- sets the overlay display callback for the current window
- glutPopWindow(3), glutPushWindow(3)
- change the stacking order of the current window relative to its siblings
- glutPositionWindow(3)
- requests a change to the position of the current window
- glutPostOverlayRedisplay(3), glutPostWindowOverlayRedisplay(3)
- marks the overlay of the current or specified window as needing to be redisplayed
- glutPostRedisplay(3), glutPostWindowRedisplay(3)
- marks the current or specified window as needing to be redisplayed
- glutRemoveOverlay(3)
- removes the overlay (if one exists) from the current window
- glutReshapeFunc(3)
- sets the reshape callback for the current window
- glutReshapeWindow(3)
- requests a change to the size of the current window
- glutSetColor(3)
- sets the color of a colormap entry in the layer of use for the current window
- glutSetCursor(3)
- changes the cursor image of the current window
- glutSetWindow(3)
- sets the current window; glutGetWindow - returns the identifier of the current window
- glutSetWindowTitle(3), glutSetIconTitle(3)
- change the window or icon title respectively of the current top-level window
- glutShowOverlay(3), glutHideOverlay(3)
- shows or hides the overlay of the current window
- glutShowWindow(3), glutHideWindow(3), glutIconifyWindow(3)
- change the display status of the current window
- glutSolidCone(3), glutWireCone(3)
- render a solid or wireframe cone respectively
- glutSolidCube(3), glutWireCube(3)
- render a solid or wireframe cube respectively
- glutSolidDodecahedron(3), glutWireDodecahedron(3)
- render a solid or wireframe dodecahedron (12-sided regular solid) respectively
- glutSolidIcosahedron(3), glutWireIcosahedron(3)
- render a solid or wireframe icosahedron (20-sided regular solid) respectively
- glutSolidOctahedron(3), glutWireOctahedron(3)
- render a solid or wireframe octahedron (8-sided regular solid) respectively
- glutSolidSphere(3), glutWireSphere(3)
- render a solid or wireframe sphere respectively
- glutSolidTeapot(3), glutWireTeapot(3)
- render a solid or wireframe teapot respectively
- glutSolidTetrahedron(3), glutWireTetrahedron(3)
- render a solid or wireframe tetrahedron (4-sided regular solid) respectively
- glutSolidTorus(3), glutWireTorus(3)
- render a solid or wireframe torus (doughnut) respectively
- glutSpaceballButtonFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball button callback for the current window
- glutSpaceballMotionFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball motion callback for the current window
- glutSpaceballRotateFunc(3)
- sets the Spaceball rotation callback for the current window
- glutSpecialFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutSpecialUpFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard up (key release) callback for the current window
- glutStrokeWidth(3)
- returns the width of a stroke character, glutStrokeLength returns the length of a stroke font string
- glutSwapBuffers(3)
- swaps the buffers of the current window if double buffered
- glutTabletButtonFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutTabletMotionFunc(3)
- sets the special keyboard callback for the current window
- glutUseLayer(3)
- changes the layer in use for the current window
- glutVisibilityFunc(3)
- sets the visibility callback for the current window
- gmsh(1), Gmsh(1)
- 3D finite element mesh generator with built-in CAD engine and post-processor
- gmx-pairdist(1)
- Calculate pairwise distances between groups of positions
- gmx-pme_error(1)
- Estimate the error of using PME with a given input file
- gmx-rms(1)
- Calculate RMSDs with a reference structure and RMSD matrices
- gmx-rmsdist(1)
- Calculate atom pair distances averaged with power -2, -3 or -6
- gnice(1), nice(1)
- run a program with modified scheduling priority
- gnohup(1), nohup(1)
- run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty
- gnome-mahjongg(6), Mahjongg(6)
- A matching game played with Mahjongg tiles
- gnome-screenshot(1)
- capture the screen, a window, or an user-defined area and save the snapshot image to a file
- gnu-watch(1), watch(1)
- execute a program periodically, showing output fullscreen
- gnucash-cli(1)
- command line tool to go with GnuCash
- gnupg-pkcs11-scd(1)
- GnuPG-compatible smart-card daemon with PKCS#11 support
- gnutls_anti_replay_set_window(3)
- API function
- gnutls_x509_crt_equals2(3)
- This function compares a gnutls_x509_crt_t cert with DER data
- gone(1)
- a terminal locking utility with many improvements over lock
- gpg-connect-agent(1)
- Communicate with a running agent
- gpg-tui(1)
- manage your GnuPG keys with ease
- gpgdir(1)
- recursive directory encryption with GnuPG
- gpgsigs(1)
- annotate list of GnuPG keys with already done signatures
- gping(1)
- Ping, but with a graph
- gpscorrelate(1)
- correlates digital photos with GPS data filling EXIF fields
- grab.tk86(n), grab(n)
- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree
- graphviz(7)
- rich set of graph drawing tools
- greflector(1)
- A program that will reflect data to all connections
- grid.tk86(n), grid(n)
- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
- grimshot(1)
- a helper for screenshots within sway
- growisofs(1)
- combined mkisofs frontend/DVD recording program
- gruncon(1), runcon(1)
- run command with specified security context
- gsnd(1)
- Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display
- gstdbuf(1), stdbuf(1)
- Run COMMAND, with modified buffering operations for its standard streams
- gsymfix(1)
- automatically fix common issues with gEDA symbols
- gtimeout(1), timeout(1)
- run a command with a time limit
- gtk3-demo(1)
- Demonstrate GTK+ widgets
- gtk3-widget-factory(1)
- Demonstrate GTK+ widgets
- gtranslator(1)
- -- a comfortable gettext po file editor with many bells and whistles
- gtv(1)
- MPEG audio (MP3) and video (MPEG-1) player with GTK+ GUI
- gtypist(1), Typist(1)
- a typing tutor with lessons for different keyboards and languages
- gui_textout_ex(3)
- Draws a text string onto the screen with keyboard shortcut underbars. Allegro game programming library
- gutenfetch_get_active_server(3)
- -- Retrieve the currently active project gutenberg server which will be used to satisfy queries and requests
- gutenfetch_get_aussie_server(3)
- -- Retrieve the currently active australian project gutenberg server which will be used to satisfy queries and requests which reside only within Australia
- gxkb(1)
- X11 keyboard indicator and switcher
- gxneur(1)
- GTK frontend for xneur keyboard layout switcher
- h5math(1)
- combine/create HDF5 files with math expressions
- hatari-prg-args(1)
- autorun Atari programs with arguments
- hdf_set_buf(3), hdf_set_buf (3)
- Set the value of a node without duplicating the value
- headroom(6)
- a twitchy head
- hebcal(1)
- a Jewish calendar generator 0.5v
- heimbase(3)
- Heimbase - Registers a DB type for use with heim_db_create()
- herbstluftwm(1)
- a manual tiling window manager for X
- hidden(1)
- list iconified windows
- hlmaster(1), "hlmaster" "(1)
- A Half-Life master server daemon (made in switzerland)"
- holotz-castle(6)
- platform game with high dosis of mistery
- hook_config_section(3)
- Hooks a configuration file section with custom handlers. Allegro game programming library
- hpftodit(1)
- create font description files for use with groff -Tlj4
- hquery(3)
- gets an opaque pointer associated with a handle and a type
- hstr(1)
- easily view, navigate, sort and use your command history with shell history suggest box
- htext(n)
- Create and manipulate hypertext widgets
- httppower(8)
- communicate with HTTP based power distribution units
- httxt2dbm(1)
- Generate dbm files for use with RewriteMap
- huawei-ups2000(8)
- Driver for Huawei UPS2000 (1kVA-3kVA) UPS with USB or RS-232 serial Modbus connection
- hub(1)
- make git easier with GitHub
- hv_kvp_cmd(1)
- manipulates with Hyper-V KVP records
- hwlocality_cuda(3)
- Interoperability with the CUDA Driver API
- hwlocality_cudart(3)
- Interoperability with the CUDA Runtime API
- hwlocality_gl(3)
- Interoperability with OpenGL displays
- hwlocality_glibc_sched(3)
- Interoperability with glibc sched affinity
- hwlocality_levelzero(3)
- Interoperability with the oneAPI Level Zero interface
- hwlocality_linux_libnuma_bitmask(3)
- Interoperability with Linux libnuma bitmask
- hwlocality_linux_libnuma_ulongs(3)
- Interoperability with Linux libnuma unsigned long masks
- hwlocality_nvml(3)
- Interoperability with the NVIDIA Management Library
- hwlocality_opencl(3)
- Interoperability with OpenCL
- hwlocality_openfabrics(3)
- Interoperability with OpenFabrics
- hwlocality_rsmi(3)
- Interoperability with the ROCm SMI Management Library
- hwlocality_windows(3)
- Windows-specific helpers
- hxpipe(1)
- convert XML file to a format easier to parse with Perl or AWK
- hydra_nameserver(1)
- program to support MPI s name publishing features with hydra
- hydrostat(6)
- Wiggly squid or jellyfish with many tentacles
- i3(1)
- an improved tiling window manager
- i3-config-wizard(1)
- creates a keysym based config based on your layout
- i3-dmenu-desktop(1), i3-dmenu-desktop(1)
- run .desktop files with dmenu
- i3-input(1)
- interactively take a command for i3 window manager
- i3-msg(1)
- send messages to i3 window manager
- i3-sensible-editor(1)
- launches $EDITOR with fallbacks
- i3-sensible-pager(1)
- launches $PAGER with fallbacks
- i3-sensible-terminal(1)
- launches $TERMINAL with fallbacks
- i386-unknown-freebsd14.2-windmc(1), windmc(1)
- generates Windows message resources
- i386-unknown-freebsd14.2-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-windres(1), windres(1)
- manipulate Windows resources
- icedtea-web(1)
- provides a Free Software web browser plugin running applets written in the Java programming language and an implementation of Java Web Start, originally based on the NetX project. NetX allows Java applets and applications to be downloaded over the network, cached, and (by default) run in a secure sandbox environment. Subsequent runs of the applet download the latest version automatically. Update and security settings, among others, can be set using the itw-settings command. icedtea-web also includes a plugin to enable Java applets (http://www.java.com/en/download/testjava.jsp) within web browsers. Names and email addresses of contributors to this project can be found in the file AUTHORS in the IcedTea-Web root directory. The full GPLv2 license of this project can be found in the file COPYING in the IcedTea-Web root directory. News about releases of this project can be found in the file NEWS in the IcedTea-Web root directory
- icotool(1)
- Convert and create Win32 icon and cursor files
- icuexportdata(1)
- Writes text files with Unicode properties data from ICU
- id3tag(1)
- Tags an mp3 file with id3v1 and/or id3v2 tags
- ida(1)
- image viewing and editing program # #
- idevicedebug(1)
- Interact with the debugserver service of a device
- idevicediagnostics(1)
- Interact with the diagnostics interface of a device
- idevicepair(1)
- Manage host pairings with devices and usbmuxd
- idmap_ad(8)
- Sambas idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
- idmap_autorid(8)
- Sambas idmap_autorid Backend for Winbind
- idmap_ldap(8)
- Sambas idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
- idmap_nss(8)
- Sambas idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
- idmap_rfc2307(8)
- Sambas idmap_rfc2307 Backend for Winbind
- idmap_rid(8)
- Sambas idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
- idmap_script(8)
- Sambas idmap_script Backend for Winbind
- idmap_sss(8)
- SSSDs idmap_sss Backend for Winbind
- idmap_tdb(8)
- Sambas idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
- idmap_tdb2(8)
- Sambas idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind
- idn_result_tostring(3)
- return a string corresponding with an error code
- ifdata(1)
- get network interface info without parsing ifconfig output
- iftop(8)
- display bandwidth usage on an interface by host
- igawk(1)
- gawk with include files
- ignw(1)
- ignore window
- ikiwiki(1)
- a wiki compiler
- ikiwiki-calendar(1)
- create calendar archive pages
- ikiwiki-comment(1)
- posts a comment
- ikiwiki-makerepo(1)
- check an ikiwiki srcdir into revision control
- ikiwiki-mass-rebuild(8)
- rebuild all ikiwiki wikis on a system
- ikiwiki-transition(1)
- transition ikiwiki pages to new syntaxes, etc
- ikiwiki-update-wikilist(1)
- add or remove user from /usr/local/etc/ikiwiki/wikilist
- image_active_frame(3), image_active_frame (3)
- Set the active (displayed) frame for an object with an allocated frameset
- image_texfilter(3), image_texfilter (3)
- Switch object video filtering mode
- imapsync(1)
- Email IMAP tool for syncing, copying, migrating, and archiving email mailboxes between two imap servers, one way, and without duplicates
- img-bmp(n)
- Img, Windows Bitmap Format (bmp)
- img-ico(n)
- Img, Windows Icon Format (ico)
- img-window(n)
- Img, Tk Windows (window)
- img-xbm(n)
- Img, X Windows Bitmap Format (xbm)
- img-xpm(n)
- Img, X Windows Pixmap Format (xpm)
- import(1)
- saves any visible window on an X server and outputs it as an image file. You can capture a single window, the entire screen, or any rectangular portion of the screen. The window to capture is selected by clicking the desired window or a program option
- impressive(1), Impressive(1)
- presentation tool with eye candy
- imwheel(1)
- a mouse wheel and stick interpreter for X Windows
- inputanalog_toggle(3), inputanalog_toggle (3)
- Switch all analog device processing on/off
- install_param_int(3)
- Installs a timer routine with a customizable parameter. Allegro game programming library
- install_param_int_ex(3)
- Adds or modifies a timer with a customizable parameter. Allegro game programming library
- intltool-update(8)
- updates PO template file and merge translations with it
- io.elementary.terminal(1)
- Modern terminal emulator from elementary project Pantheon Terminal is a beautiful and simple terminal emulator. It's designed to be set up with sane defaults and little to no configuration and follows the elementary OS Human Interface Guidelines
- iograph(8)
- create HTML graphs showing network traffic
- ipa-certupdate(1)
- Update local IPA certificate databases with certificates from the server
- ipbt(1)
- play back tty recording files with random access
- ipcad(8)
- IP accounting daemon with Cisco-like ip accounting export
- ipe(1)
- drawing editor for creating figures in PDF or EPS formats
- ir-ctl(1)
- a swiss-knife tool to handle raw IR and to set lirc options
- ir-keytable(1)
- a swiss-knife tool to handle Remote Controllers
- irexec(1)
- run programs with one button press
- irrecord(1)
- application for recording IR-codes for usage with LIRC
- is_same_bitmap(3)
- Tells if two bitmaps describe the same drawing surface. Allegro game programming library
- is_windowed_mode(3)
- Tells if you are running in windowed mode. Allegro game programming library
- isisd(8)
- an IS-IS routing engine for use with Quagga routing software
- itclcomponent(i4), itcl::component(i4)
- define components for extendedclass, widget or widgetadaptor Parts of this description are "borrowed" from Tcl extension [snit], as the functionality is mostly identical
- itcloption(i4), itcl::option(i4)
- define options for extendedclass, widget or widgetadaptor Parts of this description are "borrowed" from Tcl extension [snit], as the functionality is mostly identical
- itclwidget(i4), itcl::widget(i4)
- create a widget class of objects
- itk(n)
- framework for building mega-widgets in Tcl/Tk
- iv_fd_register(3), iv_fd_register_try(3), iv_fd_unregister(3), iv_fd_registered(3), iv_fd_set_handler_in(3), iv_fd_set_handler_err(3), iv_fd_set_handler_out(3)
- deal with ivykis file descriptors
- iv_task_register(3), iv_task_unregister(3), iv_task_registered(3)
- deal with ivykis tasks
- iv_timer_register(3), iv_timer_unregister(3), iv_timer_registered(3)
- deal with ivykis timers
- j2amidi_bridge(1)
- static bridge with one ALSA input port and one JACK MIDI output port
- jadm(8), JADM (jail admin)(8)
- FreeBSD jail framework with vnet, zfs and /etc/jail.conf support
- javavm(1)
- convenient wrapper for switching Java VMs
- jigdo-mirror(1)
- Maintain a mirror of images offered with jigdo
- jk_check(8)
- a utility that will check a jail for security problems
- jk_chrootlaunch(8)
- a launcher that can start a daemon in a jail, with a specified uid and gid
- jk_chrootsh(8)
- a shell that will put the user inside a changed root
- jk_lsh(8)
- a shell that limits the binaries it will execute
- jumpnbump(6)
- Cute multiplayer platform game with bunnies
- jwm(1), JWM(1)
- Joe's Window Manager
- kaffeine(1)
- A media player by KDE with digital TV support
- kaleidocycle(6)
- draws twistable rings of tetrahedra
- katarakt(1)
- a simple PDF viewer with three layouts
- kbackup(1)
- Backup program with an easy-to-use interface
- kbruch(1)
- Learn calculating with fractions and percentages
- kdc.conf(5)
- Kerberos V5 KDC configuration file The kdc.conf file supplements krb5.conf(5) for programs which are typically only used on a KDC, such as the krb5kdc(8) and kadmind(8) daemons and the kdb5_util(8) program. Relations documented here may also be specified in krb5.conf; for the KDC programs mentioned, krb5.conf and kdc.conf will be merged into a single configuration profile. Normally, the kdc.conf file is found in the KDC state directory, /usr/local/var/krb5kdc. You can override the default location by setting the environment variable KRB5_KDC_PROFILE. Please note that you need to restart the KDC daemon for any configuration changes to take effect
- kdeinit5(8)
- Launcher for applications built with kdeinit support, and for KIO slaves
- kdesu(1)
- Runs a program with elevated privileges
- kdrill(1), kdrill v6.2(1)
- drill program for kanji chars under Xwindows (X11R5 or better is required to run) kdrill also does dictionary lookup Yikes.. this man-page is getting huge. But I am a great believer in having proper documentation. Hopefully, this new format will help instead of hinder. At some future point in time, I shall convert this huge beast to HTML. But that point is not now. [Although actually, you CAN go to http://www.bolthole.com/kdrill/ for some help ] TIP: "/WORD" usually takes you to the next occurrence of "WORD", if you are viewing this using a "man"-like program
- keyd-application-mapper(1)
- remap keys when window focus changes
- kgendesignerplugin(1)
- Generates widget plugins for Qt(TM) Designer
- killw(1)
- kill windows
- kismet(1)
- Wireless sniffing and monitoring
- kismet.conf(5)
- Wireless sniffing and monitoring configuration file
- kismet_drone(1)
- Wireless sniffing and monitoring remote drone
- kismet_drone.conf(5)
- Wireless sniffing and monitoring drone configuration file
- kitty(1)
- The fast, feature rich terminal emulator 0.0 3.5 kitty [options] [program-to-run ...] Run the kitty terminal emulator. You can also specify the program to run inside kitty as normal arguments following the options. For example: kitty --hold sh -c (dqecho hello, world(dq For comprehensive documentation for kitty, please see: %https://sw.kovidgoyal.net/kitty/
- kiwix-compile-i18n(1)
- helper to compile Kiwix i18n (internationalization) data
- kiwix-compile-resources(1)
- helper to compile and generate some Kiwix resources
- kiwix-manage(1)
- Kiwix Library Manager
- kiwix-search(1)
- find articles using a fulltext search pattern
- kiwix-serve(1)
- Kiwix HTTP Server
- knet_handle_get_channel(3)
- Get the channel associated with a file descriptor
- knet_handle_get_datafd(3)
- Get the file descriptor associated with a channel
- knet_handle_new(3)
- knet_handle_new_ex with flags = KNET_HANDLE_FLAG_PRIVILEGED
- knet_host_get_policy(3)
- Get the switching policy for a host's links
- knet_host_set_policy(3)
- Set the switching policy for a host's links
- kqml(1)
- QML Runtime with KLocalizedContext
- krb5.conf(5)
- Kerberos configuration file The krb5.conf file contains Kerberos configuration information, including the locations of KDCs and admin servers for the Kerberos realms of interest, defaults for the current realm and for Kerberos applications, and mappings of hostnames onto Kerberos realms. Normally, you should install your krb5.conf file in the directory /etc. You can override the default location by setting the environment variable KRB5_CONFIG. Multiple colon-separated filenames may be specified in KRB5_CONFIG; all files which are present will be read. Starting in release 1.14, directory names can also be specified in KRB5_CONFIG; all files within the directory whose names consist solely of alphanumeric characters, dashes, or underscores will be read
- krb5_get_credentials(3), krb5_get_credentials_with_flags(3), krb5_get_kdc_cred(3), krb5_get_renewed_creds(3)
- get credentials from the KDC using krbtgt
- krb5_get_in_tkt(3), krb5_get_in_cred(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_password(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_keytab(3), krb5_get_in_tkt_with_skey(3), krb5_free_kdc_rep(3), krb5_password_key_proc(3)
- deprecated initial authentication functions
- krb5_get_init_creds(3), krb5_get_init_creds_keytab(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_alloc(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_free(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_init(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_address_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_addressless(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_anonymous(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_default_flags(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_etype_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_forwardable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_pa_password(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_paq_request(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_preauth_list(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_proxiable(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_renew_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_salt(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_tkt_life(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_canonicalize(3), krb5_get_init_creds_opt_set_win2k(3), krb5_get_init_creds_password(3), krb5_prompt(3), krb5_prompter_posix(3)
- Kerberos 5 initial authentication functions
- krb5_mk_req(3), krb5_mk_req_exact(3), krb5_mk_req_extended(3), krb5_rd_req(3), krb5_rd_req_with_keyblock(3), krb5_mk_rep(3), krb5_mk_rep_exact(3), krb5_mk_rep_extended(3), krb5_rd_rep(3), krb5_build_ap_req(3), krb5_verify_ap_req(3)
- create and read application authentication request
- krusader(1)
- advanced twin-panel file manager and FTP client by KDE
- kswitch(1)
- switch primary ticket cache
- label.tk86(n), label(n)
- Create and manipulate 'label' non-interactive text or image widgets
- labelframe.tk86(n), labelframe(n)
- Create and manipulate 'labelframe' labelled container widgets
- laswlq(3)
- laswlq: short-wide LQ factor
- lat_ctx(8)
- context switching benchmark
- latbs(3)
- latbs: triangular solve with scaling
- latdf(3)
- latdf: Dif-estimate with complete pivoting LU, step in tgsen
- latps(3)
- latps: triangular solve with robust scaling
- latrs(3)
- latrs: triangular solve with robust scaling
- latrs3(3)
- latrs3: triangular solve with robust scaling, level 3
- launhr_col_getrfnp(3)
- la{un,or}hr_col_getrfnp: LU factor without pivoting
- launhr_col_getrfnp2(3)
- la{un,or}hr_col_getrfnp2: LU factor without pivoting, level 2
- lblk-write-read-pi(1)
- Writes and then read with protection information
- lckdo(1)
- run a program with a lock held
- ldapid(1)
- displays a user's list of IDs the way 'id' does. The following is displayed : uid=uidNumber(uid) gid=gidNumber(cn) groups=gidNumber(cn)[,gidNumber(cn)...]
- ldapinit(1)
- initializes the LDAP directory with a minimal tree
- ldns-dane(1)
- verify or create TLS authentication with DANE (RFC6698)
- ldns-signzone(1)
- sign a zonefile with DNSSEC data
- ldns_buffer2pkt_wire(3)
- convert buffer/wire format to ldns_pkt
- ldns_buffer_flip(3), ldns_buffer_rewind(3), ldns_buffer_position(3), ldns_buffer_set_position(3), ldns_buffer_skip(3)
- buffer positioning
- ldns_pkt2buffer_str(3), ldns_pktheader2buffer_str(3), ldns_rr2buffer_str(3), ldns_rr_list2buffer_str(3), ldns_rdf2buffer_str(3), ldns_key2buffer_str(3), ldns_pkt2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rr2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rdf2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rrsig2buffer_wire(3), ldns_rr_rdata2buffer_wire(3)
- lower level conversions
- ldns_rr2wire(3), ldns_pkt2wire(3), ldns_rdf2wire(3)
- conversion functions
- ldns_tcp_send_query(3), ldns_tcp_read_wire(3), ldns_tcp_connect(3)
- tcp queries
- ldns_wire2rr(3), ldns_wire2pkt(3), ldns_wire2rdf(3), ldns_wire2dname(3)
- convert from wire format to host type
- lepton-symfix(1)
- automatically fix common issues with Lepton EDA symbols
- lfdiff(1)
- compare local files with copies on radmind server
- lftpget(1)
- get a file with lftp(1)
- libbbparse(3), bbr_init_fd(3), bbr_init_file(3), bbr_fini(3), bbr_get_next(3), bbr_get_stackname(3), bbr_get_tlh(3)
- Parse a PCAPng file with black box records
- libcreg(3), libcreg.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows 9x/Me Registry File (CREG) format
- libdivecomputer(3), divecomputer(3)
- communicate with dive computers
- libevt(3), libevt.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Event Log (EVT) format
- libevtx(3), libevtx.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows XML Event Log (EVTX) format
- libewf(3), libewf.h(3)
- Library to access the Expert Witness Compression Format (EWF) format
- libexpect(3)
- programmed dialogue library with interactive programs
- libfsntfs(3), libfsntfs.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows New Technology File System (NTFS) format
- libfwnt(3), libfwnt.h(3)
- Library to support common Windows NT specific formats
- libfwsi(3), libfwsi.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Shell Item format
- libgps(3)
- C service library for communicating with the GPS daemon
- libinn_uwildmat(3), uwildmat(3), uwildmat_simple(3), uwildmat_poison(3)
- Perform wildmat matching
- libinput(1)
- tool to interface with libinput
- liblnk(3), liblnk.h(3)
- Library to access the Windows Shortcut File (LNK) format
- libowfat_array_fail(3), array_fail(3)
- switch array to have failed
- libowfat_byte_starts(3), byte_starts(3)
- find out if a buffer starts with a string
- libowfat_critbit0_clear(3), critbit0_clear(3)
- free all memory associated with a critbit tree
- libowfat_fmt_pad(3), fmt_pad(3)
- pad a string with spaces
- libowfat_imult16(3), imult16(3)
- integer multiplication with overflow checking
- libowfat_imult32(3), imult32(3)
- integer multiplication with overflow checking
- libowfat_imult64(3), imult64(3)
- integer multiplication with overflow checking
- libowfat_io_block(3), io_block(3)
- switch to blocking I/O
- libowfat_io_nonblock(3), io_nonblock(3)
- switch to non-blocking I/O
- libowfat_io_setcookie(3), io_setcookie(3)
- associate cookie with descriptor
- libowfat_io_tryread(3), io_tryread(3)
- read from a descriptor without blocking
- libowfat_io_tryreadtimeout(3), io_tryreadtimeout(3)
- read from a descriptor without blocking
- libowfat_io_trywrite(3), io_trywrite(3)
- write to a descriptor without blocking
- libowfat_io_trywritetimeout(3), io_trywritetimeout(3)
- write to a descriptor without blocking
- libowfat_iob_addbuf_free(3), iob_addbuf_free(3)
- add buffer to I/O batch, with deallocation
- libowfat_iob_init_autofree(3), iob_init_autofree(3)
- initialize new I/O batch with autofree flag set
- libowfat_iob_new_autofree(3), iob_new_autofree(3)
- create new I/O batch with autofree flag set